Preface, Contents

System Overview

OSCOP P

Installation
Hints on Operation

Manual
Parameterize PC
Configuring a Power System
Parameterize Devices - General
Parameterize the SIMEAS R V2/V3
Parameterize the OSCILLOSTORE P5xx
Setting up protection devices
Transferring Data
Evaluating Data
Fault Locator
Annex: Messages
Bibliography, Glossary, Index

E50417-H1076-C170-A5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A

Note
Please observe the safety information and warnings described in the preface.

Disclaimer of liability
Although we have carefully checked the contents of this publication
for conformity with the hardware and software described, we cannot
guarantee complete conformity since erorrs cannot be excluded.
The information provided in this manual is checked at regular intervals and any corrections which might become necessary are included in the next releases. Any suggestions for improvement are
welcome.

Copyright
Copyright Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved
This document shall not be transmitted or reproduced, nor shall its
contents be exploited or disclosed to third persons without prior
written consent from Siemens. Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. All rights reserved, in particular in case of a patent grant
or utility model registration.

The contents of this manual is subject to change without prior

notice.
Document version 06.60.03
Edition 05.2011

Registered Trademarks
OSCOP P, SIMEAS, SIPROTEC and DIGSI a re registered
trademarks of SIEMENS AG. All other product and brand names in
this manual may be trademarks, the use of which by third persons
for their purposes may infringe the rights of their respective owners.

Siemens Aktiengesellschaft

Book No. E50417-H1076-C170-A5

Preface
This manual is intended for trained personnel familiar with the installation of computer and network systems.
For the parameterization of the recorders, detailed knowledge of this equipment is needed.
Scope of application
This manual is valid for OSCOP P.
Standards
OSCOP P and this manual have been designed according to the quality standards of ISO 9001.
Contact
For any questions concerning general, sales or licensing aspects of measuring and recording
technology, please contact your local Siemens partner.
Hotline
For technical questions on POWER QUALITY, especially on the SIMEAS R / P / Q / T and
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx quality recorders, and on the OSCOP P parameterization and evaluation
software, please contact our hotline in Nuremberg:
Siemens AG
Customer Care Center
Humboldtstr. 59
D-90459 NrnbergF
Phone
Fax
e-Mail

+49 (0)180 / 5247000

+49 (0)180 / 5242471
ptd.support@siemens.com

Courses
You will find information on the individual training courses available in the internet under:
www.powerquality.de
Internet
To remain up-to-date in the future, please make use of the offer on our download platform in the
Internet under:
www.powerquality.de/

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Preface

Notes on Safety
This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures required for operating the respective equipment (module, device), since special operating conditions may require additional measures. However, it does contain notes which must be adhered to for your own personal safety and for avoiding property
damage. These notes are highlighted with a warning triangle and different keywords indicating different
degrees of danger:

DANGER
DANGER means that death or severe injury will result if the measures specified are not taken.

Comply with all instructions, in order to avoid death or severe injuries.

WARNING
WARNING means that death or severe injury may result if the measures specified are not taken.

Comply with all instructions, in order to avoid death or severe injuries.

CAUTION
CAUTION means that minor or moderate injury can occur if the measures specified are not taken.

Comply with all instructions, in order to avoid moderate or minor injuries.

ATTENTION
ATTENTION means that property damage can result if the measures specified are not taken.

Comply with all instructions, in order to avoid material damage.

NOTE
Important information about the product, product handling or a certain section of the documentation, which
must be given particular attention.
Qualified Personnel
Commissioning and operation of the equipment (module, device) described in this manual must be performed by qualified personnel only. In the sense of the safety notes contained in this manual, qualified personnel are those persons who are authorized to commission, release, ground and tag devices, systems and
electrical circuits in accordance with safety standards.
Use as Prescribed
The equipment (device, module) must not be used for any other purposes than those described in the Catalog and the technical description. If it is used together with third-party devices and components, these must
be recommended or approved by Siemens.
Correct and safe operation of the product requires adequate transportation, storage, installation and mounting as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
During operation of electrical equipment, it is unavoidable that certain parts of this equipment are carrying
dangerous current. Severe injury or property damage may occur if the appropriate measures are omitted:

Before making any connections at all, ground the equipment at the PE terminal.
Hazardous voltages may be present on all switching components connected to the power supply.
Even after the supply voltage has been disconnected, hazardous voltages may still be present in the
equipment (capacitor storage).

Equipment with current transformer circuits may not be operated while open.
The limit values indicated in the manual or the operating instructions must not be exceeded; this also
applies to testing and commissioning.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13

1.1

Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14

1.2

SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

1.3

System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3

Hardware Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC Hardware Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC and DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20
20
21
21

2.2

Operating System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22

2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3

Installing the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation of OSCOP P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation of the USB Alarm Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23
23
24
27

2.4

Launching OSCOP P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32

2.5
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3

Operating System / Hardware Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settings of the DIGIBOARD PC/4 or PC/8 Interface Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settings for ISDN Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settings for Operation in a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33
33
33
33

2.6
2.6.1
2.6.2

Operating Mode Evaluation PC and DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Monitoring functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic startup of a DAKON XP under Windows XP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35
35
38

2.7

Operating Mode Client PC and Server PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

2.8

Connection of Protection Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40

2.9

Upgrade to OSCOP P Version 6.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

2.10

Creating an Empty Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42

Hints on Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45

3.1

General Hints on Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46

3.2

Program Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48

3.3

Exiting the Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49

3.4

Help System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50

3.5

Procedure for the Substation Parameterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

Parameterize PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53

4.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54

4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4

Basic Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining Access Authority for the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Define Access Authority for the DAKON / Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Country Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dialog Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56
56
59
64
65

4.3

Configuring the Evaluation Station or the DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66

4.4

Configuring Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

67

4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6

Configuring DAKONs (Data Concentrators) or Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting the Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requesting the status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Functions for SINAUT LSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set up OSCOP P <-> SICAM connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrate COMTRADE archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68
71
73
74
75
78
82

4.6

Configuring Recording Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

88

4.7
4.7.1
4.7.2

Setting Up a Digital Recorder SIMEAS R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIMEAS R Additionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90
92
94

4.8
4.8.1
4.8.2

Setting Up a SIMEAS Q Power Quality Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If the Device is Connected via a DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Device is Connected without a DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

97
97
98

4.9
4.9.1
4.9.2

Setting Up a Protection Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connection Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

101
102
103

4.10

Configuring Protection Relay Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

104

4.11
4.11.1
4.11.2

Statistics patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a statistics pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assigning a statistics pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

106
107
108

4.12
4.12.1
4.12.2
4.12.3

Defining Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adding / Removing a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding / Removing a Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding / Removing an Evaluation PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

109
110
111
112

4.13

Configuring the Synchronization Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

113

4.14

Database settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

115

4.15

Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

117

Configuring a Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

121

5.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

122

5.2

Creating and parameterizing a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

124

5.3

Configuring and parameterizing a power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

127

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

Parameterize Devices - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139

6.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

140

6.2

Main Dialog Box for All Device Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

141

6.3

Importing / Exporting Parameter Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

142

6.4

Set up protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

144

6.5

Printing Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146

6.6

Exiting the Parameterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146

Parameterize the SIMEAS R V2/V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147

7.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148

7.2

Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

152

7.3

Local Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

154

7.4

Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

155

7.5

SIMEAS R Calling Master Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

156

7.6
7.6.1
7.6.2

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information on the Measurement of Voltage Dips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information on Flicker Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

157
161
178

7.7
7.7.1
7.7.2
7.7.3

Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCMCIA Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

181
181
183
184

7.8

LED Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

185

7.9

Output of Indications by Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

186

7.10

Group Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

187

7.11
7.11.1
7.11.2
7.11.3
7.11.4
7.11.5

Slot Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binary Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power/Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positive/Negative Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

188
189
190
192
194
195

7.12
7.12.1
7.12.2
7.12.3
7.12.4
7.12.5

Analog Fault Recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Analog Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binary Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Triggers in an Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

197
199
200
201
202
203

7.13

Harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

7.14
7.14.1
7.14.2

Power/Frequency Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Triggers in a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206
208
210

Parameterize the OSCILLOSTORE P5xx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

211

8.1

212

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

8.2

Parameterizing the Central Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

213

8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2

Parameterizing the Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Analog channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binary channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

214
214
215

8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3

Parameterizing the Starting Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loading / Saving Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection with the Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

216
217
218
218

8.5

Copying Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

219

8.6

Printing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220

Setting up protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

221

10

Transferring Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

225

10.1
10.1.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Mode DAKON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

226
228

10.2
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5

Manual Measured Data Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transfer SIMEAS R to the Evaluation PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer SIMEAS Q to the Evaluation PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer OSCILLOSTORE P531 to Evaluation PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer DAKON to Evaluation PC via LAN or ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferring SICAM / COMTRADE archives to the evaluation PC . . . . . . . . . . .

229
230
234
238
241
241

10.3
10.3.1
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.3.5
10.3.6
10.3.7

Parameterizing Automatic Measured Data Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Sequential Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assigning Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Path Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMTRADE Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analyses with SICARO PQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

246
246
249
250
254
256
257
258

10.4
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.4.3
10.4.4
10.4.5
10.4.6
10.4.7
10.4.8
10.4.9

Automatic Measured Data Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transfer Recording Device to Evaluation PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Recording Devices to DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combined Transfer Recording Device to DAKON and PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Overview Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer DAKON to Evaluation PC via LAN or ISDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Server PC to Client PC in the PC Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferring SICAM / COMTRADE archives to the evaluation PC . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging reports in automatic mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging device status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

259
259
261
262
263
264
264
265
268
273

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

11

10.5
10.5.1
10.5.2
10.5.3
10.5.4
10.5.5
10.5.6
10.5.7
10.5.8
10.5.9
10.5.10
10.5.11

Editing Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Events in the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exporting Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing a Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View Diagnosis Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View Transmission Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Database Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

274
274
275
276
277
281
282
283
283
284
284
285

10.6

Editing / Displaying Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286

10.7

Processing voltage dips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

288

10.8

Evaluate mean values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

289

10.9

Editing SICARO PQ results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

10.10

Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

292

Evaluating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

295

11.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

296

11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.5
11.2.6
11.2.7

Selecting, Displaying and Printing Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Opening Records from a File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening Records from the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening Continuous Data Record. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analysing SIMEAS R-PMU phasors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Values Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

297
298
299
300
301
304
305
306

11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.3.4
11.3.5

Editing the Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selecting Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cursor Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy to Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307
307
308
309
310
310

11.4

Phase Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

311

11.5

Additional Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

312

11.6
11.6.1
11.6.2
11.6.3
11.6.4

Electrical Characteristics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vector Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impedances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Asymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

315
317
318
321
322

11.7
11.7.1
11.7.2
11.7.3
11.7.4

Electrical Characteristics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

323
324
326
327
327

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

11.8
11.8.1
11.8.2
11.8.3
11.8.4
11.8.5
11.8.6

Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coordinate Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoom Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Font Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

327
328
330
331
332
333
335

11.9
11.9.1
11.9.2
11.9.3
11.9.4
11.9.5
11.9.6
11.9.7
11.9.8
11.9.9
11.9.10

Calculation Formula for the Graphical Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R.m.s. Values of the Voltages U1 to U4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R.m.s. Values of the Currents I1 to I4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Powers P1 to P3 in Star Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reactive Powers Q1 to Q3 in Star Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Power in a Delta Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reactive Power in a Delta Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Factor (cos phi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Unsymmetry in a Star Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distortion Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculation of the Complex Voltage and Current Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

336
336
336
336
337
337
337
337
338
338
339

12

Fault Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

341

Annex: Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

343

A.1
A.1.1
A.1.2
A.1.3
A.1.4
A.1.5
A.1.6
A.1.7
A.1.8
A.1.9
A.1.10
A.1.11
A.1.12
A.1.13
A.1.14

Operator and Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAKON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import / Export. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General OSCOP - Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages of Protection Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for Statistical Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for LSA Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for Archiving Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for OLE Automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for P600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for Connecting a SICAM Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages for Connection of a SIMEAS R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

344
345
356
359
360
362
368
371
372
373
374
375
377
378
379

A.2
A.2.1
A.2.2
A.2.3
A.2.4
A.2.5
A.2.6

The Data Base System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Failure during Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manipulation of the File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failure During Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failure of the Harddisk or within the File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lack of Free Disk Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

381
382
383
384
385
386
387

10

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Contents

A.3

Acknowledgment Messages of OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

388

Bibliography
Glossary
Index

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

Contents

12

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

System Overview

Contents
1.1

Application

14

1.2

SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx

17

1.3

System Architecture

18

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

13

1.1

Application

The OSCOP P system program is a software package for automated remote transmission, archiving and output of measured values recorded with the fault recording systems SIMEAS R,
SIMEAS Q/OSCILLOSTORE or with a digital protection relay. It has a wide range of functions
and computing algorithms for manual analysis/evaluation of what is going on in the power system.
OSCOP P runs on an AT-compatible PC. For configuration and local analysis purposes, e.g.
during maintenance, the software can also be used on a notebook.
When installed on a personal computer in the control room or in an office, the software allows
the automatic management of devices such as digital recorders SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q /
OSCILLOSTORE, and of protection relays connected via a DAKON.
In the version with network capability, the data is automatically archived in a central database on
a server, where it is automatically available for other PC workplaces. The automatic communication with the local devices is in this case provided by the server.
With the evaluation software, multiple curves in any combination can be visualized simultaneously. Comfortable zoom functions, gridlines, several measuring cursors and additional calculations for various power system variables provide for an optimum evaluation of network faults.
Selected sequences of a record can be copied to the clipboard and used in nearly any Windows
application, e.g. in Word.
OSCOP P has been developed on the basis of the Windows operating systems. All functions in
the user interface can be controlled using the mouse or the keyboard. Users who are familiar
with Windows can work with OSCOP P practically on the fly.
With OSCOP P you can evaluate and print data while the automatic data transmission is active.
Thanks to its full compatibility with Windows, all current device combinations are supported. Please note the minimum system requirements which the PC hardware must meet to ensure safe
and time-optimized operation of the OSCOP P with its wide range of functions.
Optional modules
In addition to the standard modules contained in OSCOP P, a number of optional modules for
data import and export can be integrated.
The COMTRADE module allows the import and evaluation according to the COMTRADE standard of events that were recorded with devices of other manufacturers. Also, data can be exported from OSCOP P in COMTRADE format for further processing by protection test facilities.
The optional DIGSI module allows the import and evaluation in OSCOP P of fault recordings
from Siemens protection relays.
Note
These add-on modules must be released using the hardlock.

14

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Recording devices
OSCOP P can be configured for remote transmission and evaluation of data that has been recorded by the following devices:
Digital recorders SIMEAS R
SIMEAS Q network quality recorders
OSCILLOSTORE P500, P510, P520, P530
OSCILLOSTORE P531 (8 bit and 12 bit resolution)
Protection relays with IEC60870-5-103 interfaces

Evaluation
Depending on the physical size of your network and the tasks to handle, the data of the fault
records supplied by the recording devices can be evaluated by:
Server PCs which connect to your recording devices directly or via data concentrators. It is

also possible to connect a server PC through a network to multiple client PCs.

Client PCs which have no direct access to data from the recording devices or data concen-

trators. They connect to server PCs through a network and evaluate the data stored in the
server PC's database.
Evaluation PCs which connect to your recording devices directly or via data concentrators.
Data concentrators (DAKONs) which connect directly to your recording devices. DAKONs

can connect not only to SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx quality recorders
but also to protection relays. Evaluation and server PCs access these data only through the
DAKON. DAKONs pre-process the records from the recording devices and pass them on to
the server or evaluation PC. As to the data concentrators, they are evaluation devices without
monitor nor keyboard.
Program structure
OSCOP P is subdivided into the program modules
Parameterize PC
Parameterize devices
Power system Description
Transfer
Evaluate
Fault Locator

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

15

Parameterize PC
The Parameterize PC module is used to configure your substation. You specify the substation
structure, create devices, define the connections between devices and data concentrators and
PCs, or define access authorities, and central interfaces.
Parameterize devices
The Parameterize devices module is used e.g. to specify device functions, individual device
configurations, channel assignments or trigger functions, to define time synchronization and print
functions, to parameterize external device interfaces, or to create group alarms.
Transfer
The Transfer module is used to activate the transfer of device data manually, if required, or to
have data transferred cyclically in automatic mode.
Evaluate
The Evaluate module is used to prepare measured values, alarms and fault records for graphic
representation, and to visualize them in the form of curves or tables on your color monitor.
OSCOP P also calculates other values for a detailed analysis of the signal curves. In addition,
all data can be output on a printer or plotter.
Fault Locator
The Fault Locator module is used to calculate the location of a fault occurring somewhere on a
previously configured line segment. This calculation can be performed in single- and double-line
networks.

16

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

1.2

SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx

The following sections contain a short list of the most important characteristics of the individual
quality recorders:
SIMEAS R V2/V3
Power Quality Recorders with 16 bit resolution. The maximum scanning rate is 256 times the
network frequency (12.8 kHz for 50 Hz or 15.36 kHz for 60 Hz). The SIMEAS R combines the
functions of a fault recorder, digital recorder, power and frequency recorder and message
printer in a single device for the first time. The Power Quality Recorder is accommodated in the
7XP housing.
The parameterization of the SIMEAS R V2/V3 can be found in chapter 7 of this manual.
SIMEAS R-PMU
The functional scope of the SIMEAS R-PMU device includes Phasor Measurement Unit,
Triggered Recorders (Transient Analog Recorder and Transient Phasor Recorder), Longterm Recorders and Event Recorders.
The parameterization of the SIMEAS R-PMU can be found in the SIMEAS R-PMU manual
(order number E50417-H1000-C360).
SIMEAS Q
SIMEAS Q is a measuring instrument used for the acquisition of all measurement data relevant
for the analysis of the power quality in an electrical supply network in accordance with the standards EN 61000 or EN 50160. It is available either with a PROFIBUS DP interface or with a serial
RS232/RS485 interface with modem capability.
OSCILLOSTORE P531 Edition
Fault recording system with 12-bit signal resolution, max. scanning frequency 5000 Hz, max. 31
DAUs per central unit, i.e. 124 analog or 992 binary data acquisition channels. This fault recorder
is built into the 19 protective housing with rear panel terminals.
OSCILLOSTORE P531
Fault recording system with 8 or 12-bit signal resolution, max. scanning frequency 5000 Hz, max.
31 DAUs per central unit, i.e. 124 analog or 992 binary data acquisition channels.
Other fault recording systems
OSCILLOSTORE P530
OSCILLOSTORE P520
OSCILLOSTORE P510
OSCILLOSTORE P500

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

17

1.3

System Architecture

The physical location of the individual devices and their data volume can make it necessary to
connect the devices to data concentrators (DAKONs) which evaluate your data and pass the
results on to central evaluation PCs, where the higher-level evaluation is performed. This allows
to drastically reduce the volume of data to be transferred.

PQ_System_1.gif

Figure 1-1 System configuration - Example

The internal LAN connects with a number of client PCs which all access the same server PC.
Client PCs can read data only from the database of the server PC. They have no link with the
recording devices.
Recording devices can connect to server PCs, evaluation PCs or DAKONs, protection relays are
integrated via DAKONs.

18

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Installation

Contents
2.1

Hardware Prerequisites

20

2.2

Operating System Requirements

22

2.3

Installing the Software

23

2.4

Launching OSCOP P

32

2.5

Operating System / Hardware Settings

33

2.6

Operating Mode Evaluation PC and DAKON

35

2.7

Operating Mode Client PC and Server PC

39

2.8

Connection of Protection Relays

40

2.9

Upgrade to OSCOP P Version 6.60

41

2.10

Creating an Empty Database

42

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

19

2.1

Hardware Prerequisites

The evaluation of the fault recordings from your recording devices by OSCOP P runs on standard PCs.
Depending on the physical size of your network and on the tasks to handle, a PC can be used
as a
Server PC
Client PC
Evaluation PC.

2.1.1

PC Hardware Prerequisites
PC with 300 MHz or higher processor speed
64 MB main memory (128 MB recommended)
Two or more slots for PCI cards
Two or more slots for AT bus cards
Hard disk with 1.5 GB and a maximum access time 10 ms

AT bus or SCSI 2 format

for server PC 5 GB hard disk
OSCOP P needs approximately 100 MB hard disk space,
another 30 MB are required for running the software.
Fast hard disk controller, AT bus or SCSI 2 format

PCI bus system

Floppy disk 3.5 HD (1.44 MB)
CD-ROM or DVD-drive
1 parallel port
2 serial ports
High-resolution SVGA monitor, 17 min.
Internal AGP graphics card with at least 4MB graphics memory, (better 8 MB), or
SVGA graphics card on the PCI bus, with at least 4MB (better 8 MB) graphics memory
Keyboard, German / international character set
Mouse (connected to the USB, the PS2 bus or the serial port)

Connection OSCOP P SICAM

The following minimum requirements must be met for the OSCOP P SICAM connection:
Processor: 2.4 GHz, 533 MHz FSB, 512 kByte SLC
RAM: 1 GByte DDR SDRAM
Hard drive: 60 GByte EIDE HDD; internal
Removable media: Floppy Disk (3.5 inch; 1.44 MByte) and CD-RW
Operating system: Windows 2000 Professional, Windows 2000 Server or Windows XP Pro-

fessional

20

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.1.2

Hardware Options

DAKON
PENTIUM 4 2.4 GHz / 533MHZ FSB
512 MB DDR SDRAM (1 X 512 MB)
RAID1 2 X 60 GB EIDE HDD (removable and mirrored hard drive)
1.44 MBYTE FDD
CD-R/W
AGP graphics card
2 x LAN (RJ45)
4 x serial ports (COM1 - COM9)
1 x parallel port (LPT)
2 x USB 2.0 interface (front)
2 x USB 2.0 interface (back)
2 x PS/2 interface
2 x PCI / 4 free slots
Temperature & fan monitoring
110/230V AC power supply
WINDOWS XP Professional Multi Language (EN, DE, FR, IT, SP), SP1
USB Alarm Box (MLFB 7KE6020-1AA00)
24 FO interfaces

Evaluation PC
Standard serial interface card (contains COM3, ,

COM9 and LPT2, equipped with FIFO UART 16C550);

Internal or external fax / modem, V34+

(or V90) class

Internal modem card, Euro-ISDN, type B1 made by

AVM Berlin
Internal Ethernet network card, e.g. made by Novell,

3com, XIRCOM
Internal or external removable disk drive

2.1.3

PC and DAKON
4 or 8 x serial interface card,

e.g. DIGIBOARD PC/4 or PC/8 made by Stemmer,

equipped with FIFO UART TI 16C550,
only for V24 interfaces
Installation in 19 cabinet
DIN A3 / A4 laser printer with 2 MB main memory
Color inkjet printer

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

21

2.2

Operating System Requirements

Evaluation PC
OSCOP P runs under the following operating systems:
Windows XP Professional

DAKON
Windows XP
Note
For the DAKON, the OSCOP P SICAM connection (see section 4.5.5) and the
inclusion of COMTRADE archives (see section 4.5.6) are not supported.
RAS-Operation
Note
RAS operation is not possible under Windows 2000 and Windows XP.

22

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.3

Installing the Software

2.3.1

Requirements
The OSCOP P software (with all its components) and SICARO PQ are provided with an installation routine.
Note

OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) cannot be installed on a PC on which SICAM

SAS Is already installed.
Note

SICAM SAS cannot be installed on a PC on which OSCOP P V6.40 (or

higher) is already installed, as OSCOP P V6.40 will no longer run.
OSCOP P is supplied with a Hardlock (dongle) which must be connected before starting the
installation process. Connect the Hardlock dongle to any USB port of your PC.

Note
If a printer is connected, the printer cable can be piggy backed on top of the hardlock.

The hardlock encrypts the following components, among others:

COMTRADE
Fault Locator
IEC 60870-5-103 (VDEW protection relays)
REB 500 (ABB busbar protection)
Comtrade-, SICAM connection

The above components are always fully installed. Only the components stored in the hardlock
can be run.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

23

2.3.2

Installation of OSCOP P
The OSCOP P software package is delivered on a CD-ROM which contains the following components:
Setup installation program to install OSCOP P in the \OSCOP folder on a selectable disk

drive.
QUADBASE data base components, which are installed in the

\QUADBASE folder on the OSCOP P drive.

OSCOP P user and help files, which are installed in the \OSCOP and \WINDOWS or \WINNT

folders, depending on the operating system used.

Drivers for the hardlock and the Program Licence.exe.

After complete installation, the following folders will have been created:
\OSCOP

with all OSCOP P modules, the language, and the driver files
\OSCOP\SCHEMA

with the OSCOP P-specific database files\QUADBASE

Database program folder

Note

The folder C:\TEMP must be available and not write protected!

Note
Before installing an update, proceed as follows for a backup of your data:

Export all device parameters (*.opp or *.srp) and measuring data events
(*.opd) as files.
or

Copy the folder \OSCOP\SCHEMA to a different folder, e.g. C:\TEMP.

or

Select the option Save existing OSCOP P database in directory during the
installation.
If the installation of the update fails, re-install your old OSCOP P version and
copy the data back from their backup location. OSCOP P is then fully functional
again.
Make sure to have enough free memory space available when installing the
update on your hard disk. For the database update at the end of the installation
procedure, there should be at least as much memory space as occupied by the
current SCHEMA folder.

24

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

To launch the installation:

Log in as a user with administrator privileges.

Insert the CD-ROM with the OSCOP P software into your CD drive. The installation is launched automatically.
Note
If the installation is not automatically launched:

Open the main directory of the CD-ROM in the Windows Explorer.

Double-click the Setup.exe file.
First select the language you wish to install the software in.
Select OSCOP P. The installation of the OSCOP P software is launched.
Follow the instructions of the installation program.
Click the Next button to continue, or the Back button to change a selection.

You have the following options:

Language, German, English, French
Selection of the operating mode: Evaluation PC, Server PC, Client PC, DAKON

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

25

Note
If the installation is to be a new OSCOP P installation, the language now selected
is also set for the OSCOP P user interface.
If you install an update of OSCOP P, the language selected during
the first installation is maintained.
The language selected here can be changed at any time in the Parameterize PC
module (see section 4.2.4).

Note
Depending on your computer, the database update at the end of the installation
procedure may take a few minutes.
Do not enter any commands during that time!
OSCOP P then outputs a message that the installation has been completed:

oscop84.gif

Figure 2-1 Complete installation of OSCOP P

Click Finish. The installation process is completed. Then, restart the computer to be able to
work with OSCOP P.
After its complete installation, OSCOP P, a program group OSCOP P is installed on your computer and can be selected from the Windows Start menu Siemens Energy OSCOP P.

Note
The program files on the installation CD may only be unpacked for the installation
routine by the license-free unpacking routines included in the delivery. The warranty provided by Siemens for the OSCOP P system program is terminated in
case of manual interventions or manipulation with other unpacking tools.
This concerns also destroyed user data in the integrated OSCOP P database!

26

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Note
For users to work with OSCOP P under Windows XP Professional without administrator permissions, you need to explicitly enable full access for this user or user
groups in the folder in which you have installed OSCOP P and QUADBASE.

2.3.3

Installation of the USB Alarm Box

If you wish to use the monitoring functions of the OSCOP Monitor (see Chapter 2.6.1), you need
to install the software off the installation CD supplied with the USB Alarm Box.
To install the software, proceed as follows:

Log on as a user with administrator rights.

Put the CD-ROM with the Quancom software in your CD-drive. Installation will start automatically.
Note
If installation does not start automatically, proceed as follows:

Use the Windows Explorer to go to the root directory of the CD-ROM.

Double-click on Start.exe.
Select Install software and click on Next in the subsequent dialog in order to start the installation.

relais02.jpg

Figure 2-2 Start installation

In the next dialog, select the option I accept the licence agreement and click on Next.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

27

relais03.jpg

Figure 2-3 Accept licence agreement

In the next dialog, enter your Full Name and Organization. Then, you can set whether the
software will be available to Anyone who uses the computer or just to yourself (Only for
me) and then click on Next.

relais04.jpg

Figure 2-4 Enter user information

In the next dialog, set the folder to which you wish to install the software. If you wish to use
the standard folder C:\Program Files\QUANCOM, simply click on Next. Otherwise, click on
Browse and select the target folder you want in Explorer.

28

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

relais05.jpg

Figure 2-5 Set the target directory

In the next dialog, select Typical installation in order to install all the software components you
need, including the Quancom Library (Qlib), to install the USB Alarm Box and then click on Next.

relais06.jpg

Figure 2-6 Set installation type

In the next dialog, click on Next, to start the installation process.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

29

relais07.jpg

Figure 2-7 Start installation

Wait until the next dialog shows that the installation process is complete and then click on
Finish.

relais08.jpg

Figure 2-8 End of installation

Once installation is complete, the PC needs to be restarted in order to activate the changes.
In the next dialog, click on Yes to restart the PC straightaway. If you click on No, you need
to restart the computer yourself later before you can work with the USB Alarm Box.

30

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

relais09.jpg

Figure 2-9 Restart PC

After the restart, the USB Alarm Box is available for monitoring functions in OSCOP P.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

31

2.4

Launching OSCOP P

The OSCOP P modules are launched as follows:

Select from the Windows Start menu Siemens Energy OSCOP P Modulex.

OSCOP P consists of five program modules:

Parameterize PC

Module to specify the number of recording devices, and the type of connection between the
recording devices, the DAKONs and the evaluation PCs.
Parameterize devices

Module for parameterizing the SIMEAS R and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx recording devices.
Protection relays are configured with the DIGSI communication software, SIMEAS Q quality
recorders with the SIMEAS Q Parameterization software or the SICARO Q Manager.
Transfer

Communication module for the transfer of recordings from the quality recorders e.g. to the
evaluation PC.
Evaluate

Graphic evaluation module used for graphic representation of the records, and for the computation of additional values.
Diagnose

The Diagnose module is used to identify and locate on the basis of a fault record faults in
previously configured line segments.

As an option, you can integrate the SICARO PQ statistics module which allows an automatic
analysis of the quality of the network power supply. The evaluations are performed in accordance with the standards EN50160 and IEC 1000-2-4.

32

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.5

Operating System / Hardware Settings

2.5.1

Settings of the DIGIBOARD PC/4 or PC/8 Interface Card

You can use up to three serial interface cards to expand the number of interfaces on your evaluation or server PC.
The PC/4, 4 x serial, or PC/8, 8 x serial interface cards made by Stemmer are equipped with
interface driver programs which are already integrated in the OSCOP P.

Basic Addresses
The following basic addresses must be set for these cards:
1st card 108 hexa, 2nd card 148 hexa and third card 188 hexa, interrupt 5 and status address
1C8 hexa.
You need these addresses for the parameterization in the OSCOP P module Parameterize PC.
Connect the cards according to the supplier's instructions.

2.5.2

Settings for ISDN Operation

Requirements for ISDN operation between the evaluation PC and the DAKON:
The ISDN board made by AVM must be plugged and the CAPI driver 2.0 installed.
The entry LoadISDNComm=1 in the file \OSCOP\commdll.ini must be added to all asso-

ciated computers.
In the program module Parameterize PC, the connection type ISDN must be set (see

section 4.5.1).
The ISDN connection cable must be installed and plugged to an ISDN outlet.
With the included mailbox software, the basic functioning of the ISDN feature can be checked

by calling the hotline mailbox of AVM in Berlin.

Note
OSCOP P can only operate internal ISDN cards (up to CAPI 1.1). External PCMCIA ISDN cards are not supported - with these, you can only use external ISDN
terminals.

2.5.3

Settings for Operation in a Network

Requirements for network operation between evaluation PC and DAKON or
between client PC and server PC:
A network card must be installed in each computer (e.g. XIRCOM LAN board).
The network connection cable must be installed and connected to the network card.
The TCP/IP driver must be installed.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

33

The TCP/IP address or the alias name of the DAKON must be entered in the file \win-

dows\hosts, e.g.
142.11.32.130

serverpc

142.11.37.125

client1

The TCP/IP address for OSCOP P must be entered on all DAKONs in the file \windows\ser-

vices, as well as the TCP/IP addresses and the alias names of all evaluation PCs in the file
\windows\hosts.
Symbolic names may not contain any leading zeros or blanks, e.g. 142.11.32.123 instead of
142.011.032.123, or dakon_1 instead of dakon 1).

Note
Each PC must be assigned a unique TCP/IP address in the network!

It should be noted that the same subnet mask must be entered in the TCP/IP settings for

the OSCOP P network terminals.

The network settings and the TCP/IP number of your own device must be specified with the

program winipcfg.exe for Windows 95 / 98, or ipconfig for Windows NT 4.0.

At DOS level, the output of a command such as ping 142.11.37.125 for the TCP/IP address

must be answered by a three-time answer string of the network station with the specified
TCP/IP address. This serves as evidence for successful communication of the network computers.
Note
Under Windows XP SP2 with internal firewall, the ping is suppressed.

Perform the following after starting the program module Parameterize PC:

- on an evaluation PC in the Connection to DAKON

- on a DAKON or server PC as Interface to the evaluation PC, select Connection via LAN.

Note
When assigning the TCP/IP addresses, make sure that all addresses are identical in the places where the subnet mask contains a 1 (binary representation). If
they were not, a router would be needed.
Examples:

If the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0, only the last digit of the TCP/IP addresses may differ.

34

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.6

Operating Mode Evaluation PC and DAKON

For the operating modes Evaluation PC and DAKON, please note the following hardware and
software settings:
The hardlock (dongle) type defines the number of quality-recording systems that can be configured and evaluated. The connection type between DAKON and evaluation PC has no technical
effect. Per evaluation PC, several DAKONs can be installed and per DAKON, several evaluation
PCs can be installed.
In addition to the SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and OSCILLOSTORE P5xx quality recording devices,
up to 32 protection relays can connect to a DAKON with the transmission protocol IEC60870-5103.
Each evaluation PC can access a local quality recorder via the DAKON in order to retrieve data
or change parameter settings.

Note
The parameter settings of the protection relays cannot be changed in this way.

2.6.1

Monitoring functions

2.6.1.1 Watchdog and life contact

OSCOP V6.50 does not support the hardware watchdog of the DAKON XP under Windows XP.
This means it is not possible to restart the PC automatically if there are software problems. This
can cause a problem with systems which are not under constant user observation (e.g. servers).
In these cases, the SystemGuard is used to automatically restart the PC
(see DAKON XP installation description, order number
E50417-X1074-C330).
DEVSTATE.STS (all versions of OSCOP P)
In order to balance out this disadvantage, OSCOP P updates the date and time of the
DEVSTATE.STS file (see also chapter 10.4.8) at one minute intervals.
Please note that the date and time of the DEVSTATE.STS file cannot be uptated while the database is being reorganised. The length of this time depends on the PC and the size of the database, but it should not take longer than 20 minutes.

Note
You can use the update time of the DEVSTATE.STS file to check whether
OSCOP P is still working. If not, you have to restart OSCOP P.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

35

2.6.1.2 Monitoring functions for Server and DAKON modes

(OSCOP Monitor and USB Alarm Box)
Functions monitored
In Server and DAKON modes, the following statuses are monitored for Windows 2000 and
Windows XP operating systems if a USB Alarm Box is connected:
1. DAKON XP ready
The relay opens when the DAKON XP exhibits a severe hardware or software fault. If this is
the case, all the other relays are dropped. When the DAKON XP is working perfectly, the
relay is closed.
- If the problem (software error) can be remedied by an automatic reset of the PC, the error
message is automatically reset. In order to reset the system automatically, the software tool
SystemGuard supplied must be started on the DAKON XP. See also the document Installation of the DAKON XP, order number E50417-X1000-C330.
- If there is a hardware problem, you need to resolved the problem manually.
2. RAID Controller Alarm
The relay triggers if one of the two hard drives on the connected DAKON XP reports an error.
See also the document Installation of the DAKON XP, order number E50417-X1000-C330.
Once you have solved the problem, you need to reset the relay: To do this, select Reset
RAID alarm from the right-click menu of the OSCOP Monitor.
3. Automatic mode active
The relay triggers when automatic mode is activated and resets when automatic mode in
OSCOP P is closed normally.
4. Monitoring of the OSCOP P automatic mode (Life contact)
The relay remains active after automatic mode is started until automatic mode is closed or
the OSCOP monitor receives no sign of life from OSCOP P.
5. Problem with communication between OSCOP P and the devices to be disposed of / internal
OSCOP P error
The relay triggers if
- no connection can be established to one of the devices to be supplied or
- a fault is discovered within OSCOP P. To this ends, the messages entered in the error log
are reported.
If no new errors are reported, the relay remains active for 60 s and then resets itself.
6. Ring memory mode or database full
The relay triggers when OSCOP P is working in ring memory mode and the database is full.
The relay resets when the status is no longer present.

36

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7. Printer error
The relay triggers when one of the printers defined in OSCOP P (see section 4.12.1) reports
an error. At the same time, it monitors whether the printer spooler is reporting errors. Both
monitoring functions take place at 5 minute intervals. The following errors lead to an error
message (providing the printer reports the appropriate status): printer error, paper jam, no
paper, manual paper feed, paper problem, offline, unknown server, output tray full, not available, no toner, current page cannot be printed, user intervention required,
Door/flap open and No print progress1.
The relay resets when the error is no longer present.
Print jobs in the printer spooler can only be monitored if the printer is configured accordingly.

Note
For small print jobs, in exceptional cases, problems are not recognised by the
printer spooler either.
Output via USB Alarm Box
The information on these statuses is output on the USB Alarm Box at regular intervals.
Note
See the installation instructions for the DAKON XP prior to installation (order
number E50417-X1074-C330).

Status of USB Alarm Box

The information area on the task bar (System Tray) includes an icon which is green if a
USB Alarm Box is present, has been recognised by OSCOP P and OSCOP P is working in automatic mode. At other times, the icon is red..

Figure 2-10 OSCOP Monitor: No USB Alarm Box present.

1.This means: a print job has not made progress over a time interval of approx. 5 minutes
(i.e. the page to be printed is the same as before).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

37

2.6.2

Automatic startup of a DAKON XP under Windows XP

If the DAKON XP is used with OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) and Windows XP as the operating
system, and the supply voltage to the DAKON XP cuts out on site, proceed as follows in order
to guarantee that, when the mains voltage is restored:

the DAKON XP starts up correctly without operator intervention and

the automatic mode in OSCOP P starts up again.
In order to install the DAKON XP, see the installation description (Order number E50417-X1074C330).
How to proceed
1. The DAKON XP is already configured to start up again automatically when the power is
restored. If this does not happen, you need to check the BIOS settings. If you go to Power
Settings, there is Power ON/OFF, and underneath this, you can set the option for Power
Failure Recovery. Set this option to Always ON, so that the DAKON XP will always start up
when there is power.
2. Copy a shortcut to the OSCOP P module Transfer to the Windows Autostart folder (see also
Windows help for this).
3. You have to enter the password for OSCOP P as follows so that a password is not required
for OSCOP P:
- Right-click on Transfer and select Properties from the menu that pops up:
- Select the Connection tab, enter a space after D:\OSCOP\os_cop.exe under Destination
and then enter the OSCOP P password: This removes the requirement to enter a password
manually.
3. You also need to edit the file OSCOP.INI. This file can be found in the OSCOP P folder.
- Open OSCOP.INI using, for example, Notepad.
- In the [OSCOP P] section, add the entry
StartAutomation=1
- Save OSCOP.INI.
Example:
[OSCOP P]
Version=6.50
Mode=EvalPC
PowerBalanceInstalled=1
DiagnosisInstalled=2
ComtradeInstalled=1
DigsiInstalled=1
StartAutomation=1
These settings will mean OSCOP P will start in automatic mode in future.

Note
If the USB Alarm Box 80 s is not triggered or the power to the DAKON XP fails,
relay 1 triggers (or an error is reported). After the computer is restarted, the relay
is automatically reset.

38

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.7

Operating Mode Client PC and Server PC

In network mode, the server PC and the client PCs are connected through the network. In a client-server architecture, the access permissions of the client PCs are restricted.
Client PCs can only communicate with a server. They use for their evaluations the device parameters, events, protection relay alarms or fault records that are stored in the server database.
Client PCs do not require a hardlock. You can therefore install any number of client PCs in your
network and copy OSCOP P as often as required.
Client PCs are normally used to examine and evaluate recorded events, and to handle other
tasks such as long-term statistics, event archiving or data conditioning for further processing in
external systems.
The server PC operates like a DAKON. A server license is required for the server PC.

Note
You can connect recording devices and DAKONs directly to the server PC.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

39

2.8

Connection of Protection Relays

Protection relays can be connected via a DAKON or to a SICAM archive. The alarms and fault
records received from the protection relays are then passed on by the DAKON to the evaluation
or server PC for evaluation by OSCOP P
Protection relays are parameterized with the DIGSI communication software. For correct display
and labeling of the signal curves in the synoptic scheme and in the analog and binary recordings,
OSCOP P needs a number of additional settings. However, these settings do not affect the parameter settings of the protection relays.
The parameter settings for message texts, colors etc. are stored in PDD files.

Note
For a new installation of OSCOP P version 6.40 or higher, the *.pdd files need to
be available only on the DAKON.
For records from older OSCOP P versions, the files must also be available on the

DAKON,
Evaluation PC,
Server PC and client PC.

40

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

2.9

Upgrade to OSCOP P Version 6.60

With the Windows installation routine, updating of older OSCOP P system versions, e.g. V3.06,
V3.07, V3.1, V4.0, V5.x or V6.x to version 6.60 is very simple and user-friendly.

Note

The installation program of OSCOP P displays a message if a program version is already installed on your computer. You must deinstall the old version
first, before you can install OSCOP P V6.60.

You should not try to install two different versions on the same computer, as
this may lead to inconsistencies and data loss.

Note
Once you have installed OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) on top of an older version
3.x, there is no way of returning to the earlier program version.

Data backup
First of all, create a backup of your parameters and data.

Export all device parameters (*.opp or *.srp) and measuring data events (*.opd) as files (see
section 6.3).
or

Copy the \OSCOP\SCHEMA folder to a different folder, e.g. to C:\TEMP.

Install the software as described in section 2.3.
Specify the same drive and the same folder name as for the earlier OSCOP P version.
Within the scope of the installation, the current database version number is automatically read
out. The required adjustments are carried out with regard to this version number in order to
match the current database structure to the version 6.50.
User parameters and data are not affected.
In new entry fields plausible defaults are entered. During the installation, the program files for
OSCOP P and QUADBASE are copied on top of the existing files.

Note
If you specify a different drive or folder name at the beginning of the installation,
OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) is installed with an empty database.

Restoring existing data

If you have made a backup of the \SCHEMA folder, you can reuse the data of earlier versions.
Proceed as follows:

In the current OSCOP P folder, delete all files in the \SCHEMA folder and copy the backup
files of your data to \SCHEMA.

Start the program CREDO.EXE in the current OSCOP P folder. After successful completion
of this database update program, you can continue working with OSCOP P as usual.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

41

2.10

Creating an Empty Database

OSCOP P works with the QUADBASE database. Database errors can be fixed with the
CREDO.EXE maintenance tool.
The OSCOP P installation program creates the QUADBASE database on the evaluation PC.
The following folders are created:
\quadbase
\quadbase\bin
\quadbase\data
\quadbase\environ.sql
\quadbase\log
\quadbase\temp

Note
We recommend setting the database up on a separate hard drive partition in
order to guarantee that it runs safely.

The \quadbase folder and its subfolders contain the program files and other extensions of the
database.
The \OSCOP\SCHEMA folder contains OSCOP P-specific database files. These files may not
be deleted or manipulated. Otherwise, the QUADBASE database can no longer run.
The database files for OSCOP P are installed with a length of approx. 3 MB. They are increased
automatically until the maximum length defined in the module Parameterize PC is reached. After
that, the so-called cyclic storage mode is activated each time a new event needs to be stored.
In cyclic storage mode, a parameterizable number of old events is deleted and the database
automatically reorganized to provide storage space for more events. Automatic operation in the
DAKON or evaluation PC has become possible with this new database technology.
Note
The QUADBASE requires on the hard disk a subfolder C:\TEMP without write
protection. This causes problems in program execution, especially in case of
hard disks protected by virus scanner programs. In such cases, you should set
the \TEMP folder manually to read and write.

Note
Any user intervention into the OSCOP P/QUADBASE database is excluded for
copyright and warranty reasons.

42

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Modify database

Start in the \OSCOP folder the database maintenance tool CREDO.EXE. The Open Schema
dialog box opens.

oscop87.gif

Figure 2-11 CREDO database name selection window

Select database

Select the database name and confirm with OK.

Delete database

To delete an existing database, select it and click the Delete button.

Create database
If you want to create a new, empty database, proceed as follows:

Click the New button. The New Schema dialog box opens.

oscop88.gif

Figure 2-12 Creating an OSCOP database

Enter the name of the new database in the Schema Name field, and specify its location in
the Path field. Confirm with OK. The new database is created and appears in the folder.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

43

Select the new database.

Click the OK button. The database is opened.

oscop89.tif

Figure 2-13 CREDO start window

The following functions are available:

Select the menu item Schema Open Schema, to edit a database.

Select the menu item Schema Exit to exit CREDO.
Select the menu item Edit Setup version 6.50 to start the creation of a new database
scheme.
If you execute this function on an existing schema, such as 6.0a, the scheme is upgraded to
version 6.40 (or higher). In this way, no parameters and data are lost.

Select the menu item Edit Backup to make a backup of the database.
Select the menu item Edit Restore from backup to restore a database scheme from its
backup.

Note
When all quality recorders are configured, store the OSCOP P database schema
with CREDO.
This can also be performed on a 3.5" diskette as long as no measured value
events are stored in the database.
A filled OSCOP P database scheme needs more storage capacity. Check the
required disk space in the Explorer before the backup.

44

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Hints on Operation

Contents
3.1

General Hints on Operation

46

3.2

Program Startup

48

3.3

Exiting the Program

49

3.4

Help System

50

3.5

Procedure for the Substation Parameterization

51

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

45

3.1

General Hints on Operation

OSCOP P is based on the Windows operating system with its different versions. This means that
users work in their familiar system environment and can make use of the well-known user-friendly functionality of Windows. Basic knowledge of the Windows user interface is necessary for
the work with OSCOP P. This manual describes the operation of the modules with the mouse.
The standard Windows key shortcuts can be used as well.
The following section explains briefly the terms used in this manual to describe the operation of
the software.
Dialog box
Dialog boxes are used to enter parameters. For more clarity, they are structured by topics and
spread over several sheets. The different topics are referred to as tabs.

Click the tab header to select the desired tab.

Pane
Each tab is divided into group boxes which are visually structured by a frame around the associated parameters.
Buttons
Buttons are used to call up supplementary dialog boxes, or to activate functions. They are activated by clicking. Once the action is completed, you return automatically to the previous dialog
box.
OK Button
The OK button is used to confirm entries and close a dialog box.
Apply Button
The Apply button is used to confirm entries in a dialog box. The dialog box is not closed, so that
you can continue to make entries.
Cancel Button
The Cancel button is used to discard entries and close a dialog box.
Help Button
The Help button is used to call up information on the opened dialog box.

46

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Text boxes
Parameters are entered in the text boxes of the dialog boxes. They normally have a white background. Entries can be made:
Directly via the keyboard as numbers or strings, or by selection from
Drop-down lists.

To select an entry from a drop-down list, proceed as follows:

Click into the text box and select the desired value with the mouse.
The value now appears in the text box.
In nested dialog boxes, entries are only permitted in one place. Where they are applied in a subsequent dialog box, they are marked as status boxes.
Status boxes
The parameter settings in status boxes appear on a grey background and cannot be modified in
the opened dialog box.
Checkboxes / Radio buttons
Checkboxes and radio buttons are used to activate optional functions. They appear in the dialog
boxes as small o's (radio buttons) or squares (checkboxes).

Click on an empty checkbox or radio button to activate the function.

Click on a checked checkbox or radio button to deactivate the function.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

47

3.2

Program Startup

The OSCOP P software package consists of the following modules:

Parameterize PC
Parameterize device
Power System Description
Transfer
Evaluate
Fault Locator
SICARO PQ (optional)
Documentation

After successfully completing the installation, the OSCOP P modules can be found in the Windows Start menu.

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P to start the Parameterize
PC module.
The startup box of the module appears.

oscop73.gif

Figure 3-1 OSCOP P startup box of the Parameterize PC module - Example

Operating mode
The program window header shows the name of the module and one of the following operating
modes:
Evaluation station
Server mode
Client mode
DAKON mode

The first three modes are set by the user during the installation of OSCOP P, the DAKON mode
is set in the factory for DAKON systems.

48

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

3.3

Exiting the Program

To exit an OSCOP P program module, proceed as follows:

Close all dialog boxes by

- Clicking the OK or Cancel button, or
- Striking the Esc key.

Exit the module with the menu command File Exit, or with F10, or by clicking the cross in
the top right corner of the window.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

49

3.4

Help System

OSCOP P only has a context-sensitive help system in the Parameterize devices module.
The general Help function can be called up from any level of the program by clicking the Help

menu in the menu bar, or by pressing F1.

A context-sensitive help function has been implemented in the Parameterize devices

module for all dialog boxes relating to SIMEAS R V2/V3. It can be called directly by clicking
the Help button in the dialog box.
You can call up specific topics from an index list.

Info
Information on all other program modules can be found in this manual.
Selecting the menu item Help Info shows you the version number of the OSCOP P module
which is currently opened.

oscop108.gif

Figure 3-2 Info box for the Parameterize PC module - Example

50

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

3.5

Procedure for the Substation Parameterization

Proceed as follows to parameterize your substation:

In the Parameterize PC module, configure in a first step all

DAKONs,
Evaluation, server and client PCs

and their connections to recording devices, DAKONs and PCs.

Create for your substation data a hierarchical structure of region, substation, voltage level, feeder.

In the Parameterize devices module, configure now your SIMEAS R and OSCILLOSTORE
Pxxx recording devices.
SIEMENS protection relays are configured with DIGSI, and the SIMEAS Q with the
SIMEAS Q Parameterization software and the SIMEAS Q Manager.

After completing these steps, you can carry out measurements and fault recordings in the substation.
Fault recordings are transmitted to the evaluation or server PC with the Transfer module. There
the records are graphically evaluated with the Evaluate module, and processed for internal statistics and your custom report management.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

51

52

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Parameterize PC

Contents
4.1

General

54

4.2

Basic Settings

56

4.3

Configuring the Evaluation Station or the DAKON

66

4.4

Configuring Regions

67

4.5

Configuring DAKONs (Data Concentrators) or Servers

68

4.6

Configuring Recording Devices

88

4.7

Setting Up a Digital Recorder SIMEAS R

90

4.8

Setting Up a SIMEAS Q Power Quality Recorder

97

4.9

Setting Up a Protection Relay

101

4.10

Configuring Protection Relay Types

104

4.11

Statistics patterns

106

4.12

Defining Output Devices

109

4.13

Configuring the Synchronization Box

113

4.14

Database settings

115

4.15

Print

117

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

53

4.1

General

The OSCOP P program module Parameterize PC is used to do the following:

Configuration of the hardware components of your substation
Configuring the interfaces
Definition of access privileges
Making country-specific settings, such as the date or the dialog language

You can make changes and additions to all settings while the station is in operation.
Program startup

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Parameterize PC to

start the Parameterize PC module.

54

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Password query

Enter your password in the Authorization request dialog box.

image2.gif

Figure 4-1 Authorization request

Note
Enter the standard password OSCOP when you call up the module for the first
time.

Note that the string must be entered in upper-case letters.

Confirm your password entry with OK.
If your password is not authorized, a message Wrong password appears.

Correct your entry and try again.

The number of retries is not limited.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

55

4.2

Basic Settings

4.2.1

Defining Access Authority for the PC

In the User and password entry dialog box you define individually the access authority for the
users of OSCOP P. You enter, in addition to the user name and password, the scope of authority, e.g. whether all program modules are permitted or whether Parameterize PC is disabled.
This dialog box is the same for evaluation, client and server PCs.

New

To define the access authority for a new user, select the menu item Global Access
Authority and click in the Define access authority dialog box the Add button.
Change

To change an existing access authority, e.g. the user name, select the menu item

Global Access authority and click in the Define access authority dialog box the
Change button.

Delete

To delete an access authority, select the menu item Global Access Authority and click
in the Define access authority the Delete button.

oscop18.gif

Figure 4-2 Deleting an access authority

56

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

image3.gif

Figure 4-3 Parameterize PC module, Define access authority for the PC

In User name, enter an alphanumeric string, e.g. the name or title of a person.
In Password, enter the password and enter it once again in Password acknowledgment.
For safety reasons, the characters entered for the password are represented as asterisks.

Note
Passwords may only contain alphanumeric characters.
Special characters such as +, -, &, %, $, etc. are not allowed.
The password can have between 1 and 8 characters.

In the Level group box, you specify the permitted level of access.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

57

Level 1
Access to all program modules accepted.
Level 2
Access to the Parameterize PC module is disabled.
Level 3
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices and Fault Locator (if
installed) is disabled.
Level 4
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices, Fault Locator (if installed)
and all delete functions in the Transfer module are disabled.
Level 5
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices, Diagnose (if installed) and
Transfer is disabled.
Data cannot be read from OSCILLOSTOREs or DAKONs.

Confirm your entries with OK.

Repeat the above steps for all other users and confirm each time with Ok.
If a password has been allocated already, a message A user with this name is already registered will be output.

58

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.2.2

Define Access Authority for the DAKON / Server

All access authorities which you define on a DAKON must correspond with the settings made on
the higher-level evaluation PC.
Proceed as follows:

In a first step, select the menu item Global Access authority to call up the Define access
authority dialog box.

oscop74.gif

Figure 4-4 Defining the access list and authority of ALL users

In the Authority of ALL users for accessing the DAKON group box, you specify the
device-independent access authority by clicking on the desired checkboxes.
Access authorities
Direct access to the acquisition unit

Access to the parameters and status of the quality recorder, and authority to perform a SW
RESET of protection relays
Read parameters from DAKON DB
Delete measurands from DAKON DB

(measured values, messages and fault records)

Read measurements from DAKON DB

(measured values, messages and fault records for transmission towards the evaluation
PC)

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

59

Note
Siemens recommend to allocate the same level of authority during external
access to all users of the DAKON, e.g. to all connected evaluation PCs. If a restriction is necessary for your case of use, you parameterize authorities individually
for each user and each device.
The selection made in the Authority of ALL users for accessing the DAKON
group box applies only for all newly defined users.

New

To define a new access authority, click the Add button to call up the Enter user and password dialog box.

image5.gif

Figure 4-5

Parameterize PC module, Defining the access authority for the DAKON

In User name, enter an alphanumeric string, e.g. the name or title of a person.
In Password, enter the password and enter it once again in Password acknowledgment.
For safety reasons, the characters entered for the password are represented as asterisks.

Note
Passwords may only contain alphanumeric characters.
Special characters such as +, -, &, %, $, etc. are not allowed.

60

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

In the Level group box, you specify the permitted level of access.
Level 1
Access to all program modules is accepted.
Level 2
Access to the Parameterize PC module is disabled.
Level 3
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices and Fault Locator (if
installed) is disabled.
Level 4
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices, Fault Locator (if installed)
and all delete functions in the Transfer module are disabled.
Level 5
Access to the modules Parameterize PC, Parameterize devices, Fault Locator (if installed)
and Transfer is disabled.
Data cannot be read from OSCILLOSTOREs or DAKONs.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

61

Device-specific authority

To restrict the access to individual devices, check in the Access from evaluation PC group
box the Consider device-specific authority checkbox and click the Define authority button to call up the nested dialog box Define authority for user xxxx (in this example the user
OSCOP).

image6.gif

Figure 4-6 Device-specific allocation of access authority

Select the device or group of devices for which you want to allocate the access authority.
Check the appropriate checkboxes for the user.

Note
For P531 quality recorders, a group-specific authority can be defined, whereas in
the case of protection relays the authority defined applies for the entire device.

Confirm your entries with OK.

The newly defined access authority is now added to the user list of the Define access authority
dialog box.

Repeat the above steps for all other users and confirm each time with OK.

62

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

If a password has been allocated already, a message A user with this name is already registered will be output.

Note
Allocate the same password for the user on the evaluation PC and on the
DAKON.

Change

To change the password or the access level of an existing user, select the user in the User
list of the Define access authority dialog box, click the Change button and make the desired changes in the nested dialog box that appears.

Confirm with OK.

Delete

To delete an access authority, select the user in the User list of the Define access authority
dialog box and click the Delete button.

Confirm with OK.

Note
The last user with access level 1 cannot be deleted.
This ensures that OSCOP P can always be operated.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

63

4.2.3

Country Settings
In the Parameterize PC module you make the country-specific settings for all OSCOP P modules. These include:
Metric or inch sizes
Numeral format
Date and time display format

Select the menu item Global Country settings to call up the dialog box and make the
following settings:

In the Date text box, select from 4 different options the date format with dot or slash as separator.

In the Time text box, select the format for display of the time. Select a colon or a slash as
separator for hours, minutes and seconds. For milliseconds, select as separator a dot, a
comma or a slash.
The chosen format is displayed in a preview box.

In the Count text box, select as decimal separator a dot or a comma. You can also group the
thousands by a dot for more visual clarity.
The chosen format is immediately displayed in a preview box.

Select in the Metric sizes text box the measurement system used: metric units or US units
(inches).
With this setting you define the scaling of the Y axis and the ruler in the Evaluate module.

oscop19.gif

Figure 4-7 Making the country-specific settings

64

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.2.4

Dialog Language
Select the menu item Global Dialog language to set the language of the OSCOP P user
interface. The menu bar and the dialog boxes are switched online to the selected language.
You have currently the choice between
German
English
French
Spanish
Italian

Note
The language setting applies for all OSCOP P modules.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

65

4.3

Configuring the Evaluation Station or the DAKON

The first thing to do when you configure your substation is to assign a name to your evaluation
station or your DAKON.

Select the menu item Configuration Evaluation station name... to call up the dialog box
in which you enter the name.

Enter a name with up to 32 characters.

To change an existing name, you select the same dialog box.
The name of the evaluation station or the DAKON appears on each printout of the directory or
the substation parameters.
The name entered here is used by the evaluation PC to identify the DAKON / server.

oscop20.gif

Figure 4-8 Entering the name of the evaluation station / DAKON

66

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.4

Configuring Regions

You can organize your substation data in a hierarchical structure for further processing e.g. by
an evaluation PC.
The quality recorders or protection relays of several substations, feeders or bus zones can be
grouped in the hierarchy level Region for better organization.

Select the menu item Configuration Regions... to call up the dialog box.

oscop21.gif

Figure 4-9 Configuring Regions

New Region

To create a new region, click the Add button and enter in the nested dialog box that appears
a name with up to 32 characters for the region.
Change a region

To change the name of a region, click the Change button and enter the new name in the nested dialog box that appears.
Delete a region

To delete a region, select it from the list of region names and click the Delete button.

Note
All regions defined here will be available during the configuration of your devices
for their allocation within the system.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

67

4.5

Configuring DAKONs (Data Concentrators) or Servers

The Configuration of DAKONs function is used to parameterize the following:

on a client PC all connected servers
on an evaluation PC all connected DAKONs and / or servers
on a server PC all connected DAKONs
on a DAKON all connected DAKONs
Connections to SICAM archives
Connections to COMTRADE archives
Connections to REB 500 (ABB collective rail protection)
Connection to archive system of an LSA central unit

The basic procedure is always the same:

Assign a name to your DAKON or server

Enter the Connection parameters for your DAKON or server.
Get the Device list from your DAKON or server.
Get the Device parameters per device from your DAKON or server.
Call up the Transfer module and get the measured data from your DAKON or server.
Select the menu item Configuration DAKONs... to call up the Configure DAKON / LSA
dialog box.

oscop24.gif

Figure 4-10 Configuring a DAKON / LSA

Use the drop-down list of the Region box as a filter to find the already existing DAKONs or
servers.

68

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Change a DAKON or server

To edit the parameter settings of a DAKON or server, select a DAKON or server in the Entries group box, click the Change button and enter your changes in the nested dialog box Set
DAKON / LSA parameters.
Deleting a DAKON or server

To delete a DAKON or server, select it from the list of DAKONs or servers and click the
Delete button.

Note
Before you can delete a DAKON or server from this dialog box, you must delete
all quality recorders and protection relays that are assigned to this DAKON or server.

Add a DAKON or server

To create a new DAKON or server, click the Add button and enter all required settings in the
nested dialog box Set DAKON / LSA parameters.

image9.gif

Figure 4-11 Setting the DAKON / LSA parameters

Enter in the Name box a name with up to 32 characters for the DAKON or server.
Select from the drop-down list of the Region box the region to which you want to assign the
DAKON or server.

Select from the drop-down list of the Type box the DAKON type.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

69

DAKON
A software version > V5.1 must be installed on the DAKON or server.
DOS DAKON
The DAKON runs a software version V2.x.
DAKON LSA
To set up a link to the archiving system of an LSA control master unit, the LSA control master
unit must run a firmware V9.1. The SINAUT LSA is configured as DAKON on DAKON. The
DAKON fetches in automatic mode all fault records from the protection relays in the LSA archive.
SICAM archive
Connection to SICAM archives
COMTRADE archive
Connection to COMTRADE archives
REB 500
ABB busbar protection
Transmission mode

Select from the drop-down list of the Transmission mode text box the data transmission
type.
The default setting is the Binary transmission mode. For X.25 links, set ASCII as mode.
Note
For dial-up modems, the recommended setting is Binary.

70

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.5.1

Setting the Connection Parameters

To set the connection parameters, click the Connection button and call up the nested dialog
box.

image9_1.gif

Figure 4-12 Connection parameters

Select from the drop-down list of the Connection type box one of the following settings. The
Connection parameters dialog box varies according to the connection type.
No connection
For devices without communication connection, e. g. for data import.
Serial
For V24 connection, FO cable, X.25 connection or modem.
LAN
For connection to a network.

Enter in the LAN address text box the TCP/IP address or the ALIAS of the DAKON or server
PC in the network.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

71

Note
If the error message ...Base communication DLL not loaded is output, please
close the Parameterize PC module. Check and, if necessary, change the following entries in the COMMDLL.INI file:
LoadLanComm=1 or
LoadISDNComm=1.

Modem operation

Enter in the Phone number box the phone number and the permissible separators: colon,
slash or hyphen. Up to 100 digits are allowed.
For pulse dialing, enter atdp without blank before the phone number, for tone dialing enter
atdt.
The modem must be operated in Hayes mode.
Serial interface

For serial connection, enter in the Interface box the number of the interface (COM 1 - 9 or
TTY/V24 1/1 to 1/8).

In the Current connection parameters group box, specify the settings for the COM interface: 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no handshake and no parity.
Modem type and protocol

Always use a Hayes modem for modem connections. Set the hardware to Hardware
Handshake, 8 data bits and 1 stop bit.
The settable data transmission rate depends on the modem and the transmission link.

Click the Commands button and specify in the nested dialog box that appears the special
INIT and EXIT strings that you want the modem to send when establishing and closing a connection. This function is mainly used for special modem settings.
X.25 network

Check the checkbox in X.25 network if such a link exists between the PC and the DAKON.
Enter the address of the X.25 PAD. Set the handshake to Hardware.
These settings are also valid if two additional modems are installed between the PC and the
X.25 PAD.

Note
The type of X.25 PAD used must be entered manually in the oscop.ini file. In
addition, specific settings for special modems and PADs can be made there.

Note
The settings for these connection parameters must be identical when the devices
concerned are disconnected.

Confirm your entries with OK.

72

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.5.2

Device List
The Device list function is only active if you have selected DAKON in the Type text box of the
Set DAKON / LSA parameters (see figure 4-16).

Click the Device list button to call up the Configure devices dialog box.

oscop80.gif

Figure 4-13 Configuring devices

OSCOP P establishes the connection with the DAKON or server and displays the number,
names, types and technological assignment of all connected devices in the Entries group box.

If so desired, select filter criteria in the drop-down lists of the Device family and Voltage
level text boxes to have only a certain device type displayed, e.g. SIMEAS R, voltage level
20 kV.

Click the Adopt button to transfer the complete parameter sets of all devices.
Each successful transmission is marked by an asterisk (*) in the corresponding line of the
device list.

To print the device list, click the Print button.

Note
On closing the dialog box, OSCOP P recommends to use the same name locally,
if this is not the case already. This is mandatory if you want the DAKON / server
to contact the PC independently later on, because otherwise the calling device
cannot be identified.

oscop81.gif

Figure 4-14 Adopting the name of the DAKON

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

73

4.5.3

Requesting the status

The Status function is only active if you have selected DAKON in the Type box of the Set
DAKON / LSA parameters dialog box (see figure 4-16).

Click the Status button to call up the Status of DAKON/server dialog box.

image12.gif

Figure 4-15 Status of the DAKON/server

OSCOP P establishes the connection with the DAKON or server and displays its current status
in the group boxes Database, Relay module, Automatic time synchronisation, Service and
Version.

To print the status information, click the Print button.

74

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.5.4

Special Functions for SINAUT LSA

In OSCOP P the SINAUT LSA is treated like a DAKON.

Parameterizing the LSA with LSATools
If you use LSATools for parameterizing, you must make the following settings to connect a
SINAUT LSA as DAKON:
Telegrams with originator:

no

Check command cycle:

no

Length of station address:

1 byte

Station address (ASDU):

Length of information address:

3 bytes

Structured input of information address:

no

Telegram buffer without time, validity:

1 minute

Channel connection, transport control:

unbalanced Slave

Transport control to IEC60870-5-101 central master

station
- Transmission mode:

Polling, unbalanced

- Length of address field:

1 byte

- Address field (link address):

as in OSCOP P

- Class1/Class2 distinction:

yes

- Scan time monitor:

no

- Use of single characters:

no

Parameters for IEC60870-5-101 channel

- Additional receive pause:

yes

- Pause time:

0.1 seconds

No automatic baud rate detection

Note
Setting up a link between OSCOP P and SINAUT LSA is possible with LSA version V9.1 or higher. Please make sure that LSATools supports the setting unbalanced Slave.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

75

In the Configure DAKON / LSA dialog box, click the Add or the Change button.
When you select in the Type text box the setting LSA, the following dialog box appears:

image500_1.gif

Figure 4-16 Setting the SINAUT LSA parameters

Connection

Click the Connection button to set the connection parameters.

Identification
Click the Identification button to request an identification message from the SINAUT LSA. This
allows you to test the connection and to have the station ID locally displayed.
LSA link address

Enter in the Link address text box the address of the SINAUT LSA.
LSA Tools file

Click the Select button. In the nested dialog box that appears, select the device file *.CMI
and assign the LSA-specific parameters to the DAKON of type LSA.
The *.CMI file is used to determine the message texts and is created by LSATools during the
parameterization procedure of the SINAUT LSA.

76

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Device list

Click the Device list button.

oscop124.gif

Figure 4-17 Calling up the device list

In the nested dialog box that appears, select one or more of the devices from the list.
Protection relays

Click the Adopt button. The Setup protection device dialog box appears.

oscop125.gif

Figure 4-18 Setting up a protection relay

Enter in Name the name of the protection relay.

Select from the drop-down list of the Type text box the protection relay type. The channel
names of the measurands that are included in the fault records will be derived from the type.
The device address in the LSA is stored in the *.CMI file and is automatically entered correctly.

Check the entries made in Substation, Feeder, Signal frequency and Voltage level. Make
changes if necessary.

Confirm your settings with OK. The device is marked in the device list with an asterisk. It has
been entered in the OSCOP P database.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

77

4.5.5

Set up OSCOP P <-> SICAM connection

In OSCOP P, a SICAM archive is treated in the same way as a DAKON. Once you have set up
the connection, you can adjust the parameters for the protective relay for display in OSCOP P
(parameterize device module) and then start manual or automatic transfer of the data.

4.5.5.1 Requirements / Limitations

To connect OSCOP P to a SICAM archive, you need to fulfill the following limitations:
OSCOP P and the SICAM archive must be set up on multiple PCs.
A TCP/IP connection must be established between the two PCs.
The SICAM archive must be enabled for access through OSCOP P. Read access permis-

sions are sufficient.

The directory of the SICAM archive must be connected to the OSCOP P PC as a network

drive.

78

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.5.5.2 Set up connection

Proceed as follows in OSCOP P to set up the SICAM archive:

Start the Parameterize PC module.

Use the Configure DAKONs... command to open the Configure DAKON / LSA dialog.
Using the drop-down list in the Region field, filter the central units which have already been
set up.
Edit SICAM archive

If you wish to edit the parameters of a SICAM archive, select a SICAM archive from the
Entries section. Click on the edit button and enter the changes you want in the Set DAKON
/ LSA parameters window that appears.
Delete SICAM archive

If you wish to delete a SICAM archive, select it from the list of SICAM archives and click on
the Delete button.

Note
Before you can delete the connection to a SICAM archive here, you must delete
all the protective relays assigned to this SICAM archive.

Add SICAM archive

If you wish to set up a SICAM archive, click on the add button and enter all the required settings in the Set DAKON / LSA parameters window that appears.

oscop150.tif

Figure 4-19 Set DAKON / LSA parameters

In the Name field, enter a name for the SICAM archive (max. 32 characters).
From the drop-down list in the Region field, select the region you wish to assign your SICAM
archive to.

From the drop-down list in the Type field, select the type SICAM archive.
Under Archive directory, click on the Select ... button. This takes you to the Select SICAM
archive dialog.

Select the drive and the directory in which the configuration file plantcfg.csv for the SICAM
archive you want is stored and click on OK.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

79

Accept protective devices

Click on the device list button in the Set DAKON / LSA parameters dialog. This takes you
to the Set up devices for a SICAM/COMTRADE archive dialog.

oscop152.tif

Figure 4-20 Set up devices for a SICAM/COMTRADE archive

Note
As there is no fixed addressing in the SICAM system, the relative path of the
device to the root of the archive is used as a clear identifier of the device.

Select one or more of the devices listed.

Click on the Apply button. This opens up the Set up protection device for every device you
have selected.

80

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

oscop153.tif

Figure 4-21 Set up protection device

Under Name, change the name of the protection device (if required).
Check the entries under Substation, Signal frequency and Voltage level and change them
if necessary.

Confirm your settings by pressing OK. The device is marked with a star in the device list. It
is transferred to the OSCOP P database.
Note
You can continue editing the the devices in the Configure devices module.

Note
On renewed reconciliation with the SICAM archive, the data which was not delivered by SICAM and you have defined in the OSCOP P is maintained.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

81

4.5.6

Integrate COMTRADE archive

Measurement data from systems provided by other manufacturers can be integrated using a
similar process to that for SICAM archives (section 4.5.5). The COMTRADE format is used for
data transfer.

4.5.6.1 Requirements / Limitations

For the data to be taken over in OSCOP P, you must adhere to the following rules to set up the
COMTRADE archive:
The measurement data for all the devices must be stored in directories with the same root.
Data for a single device must all be stored in the same directory. This directory must have

the same shared root and must not have any subdirectories (corresponds to a leaf on the
directory tree).
The name of the device directory must tally with the device name (if this does not contain any

special characters).
There can be several subdirectories between the device directory and the root, however only

the first from the root and the last before the device are evaluated and used as a substation
or branch.
The archived data must be stored as standard COMTRADE files. The format used can be

ASCII or binary. You can use COMTRADE, COMTRADE97 or COMTRADE99 formats.

The channel assignment for a COMTRADE file cannot change for a device. However, if you

do this, the diagnostics functions in OSCOP P are no longer accessible.

The path of the root must not be longer than 128 characters and the relative path of the

device directory must also not be longer than 128 characters. The filenames of the
COMTRADE files in the archive must not be longer than 15 characters, excluding the extension. The complete filename (root + relative path + filename + extension) must not be longer
than 255 characters.
In COMTRADE format, a fixed or variable scanning frequency is possible (using the time sta-

ble for the scanning values): however, OSCOP P requires a fixed scanning frequency. If the
scanning frequency is variable, OSCOP P carries out a comparison of the scanning points if
the discrepancy is less than 10 %. Otherwise, the measurement is not imported.

82

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.5.6.2 Setup connection

To set up a COMTRADE archive, proceed as follows in OSCOP P:

Start the Parameterize PC module.

Use the Configure DAKONs... menu command to open the Configure DAKON / LSA
dialog box.

Using the drop-down list in the Region field, filter the central units which have already been
set up.
Edit COMTRADE archive

If you wish to edit the parameters of a COMTRADE archive, select a COMTRADE archive
from the Entries section. Click on the edit button and enter the changes you want in the Set
DAKON / LSA parameters window that appears.
Delete COMTRADE archive

If you wish to delete a COMTRADE archive, select it from the list of COMTRADE archives
and click on the Delete button.

Note
Before you can delete the connection to a SICAM archive here, you must delete
all the protective relays assigned to this SICAM archive.

Add COMTRADE archive

If you wish to set up a COMTRADE archive, click on the add button and enter all the required
settings in the Set DAKON / LSA parameters window that appears.

oscop155.tif

Figure 4-22 Set DAKON / LSA parameters

In the Name field, enter a name for the COMTRADE archive (max. 32 characters).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

83

Select the region from the drop-down list in the Region field.
Select the type COMTRADE archive from the drop-down list in the Type field.
Under Archive directory, pressing the Select button takes you to the Select COMTRADE
archive dialog.

oscop156.tif

Figure 4-23 Select COMTRADE archive

Select the drive and the directory for the COMTRADE archive you want and click OK.

84

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Accept protective devices

Click on the device list button in the Set DAKON / LSA parameters dialog. This takes you
to the Set up devices for a SICAM/COMTRADE archive dialog.

oscop157.tif

Figure 4-24 Set up devices for a SICAM/COMTRADE archive

Note
There can be several subdirectories between the device directory and the root,
however only the first from the root and the last before the device are evaluated
and the used as a substation or branch.

Select one or more of the devices listed.

Click on the Apply button. This opens up the Set up protection device dialog for each
device selected.

oscop170.tif

Figure 4-25 Set up protection device

Under Name, change the name of the protective device (if necessary).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

85

Check the entries for Substation, Signal frequency and Voltage level. Make any changes
where necessary

Confirm your settings by pressing OK. The device is marked with a star in the device list. It
is taken over in the OSCOP P database.
Note
You can then continue to edit the devices in the Parameterise devices module.

Note
If there is another comparison with the COMTRADE archive, only the data which
does not originate from this archive and which you have defined in OSCOP P is
retained.

4.5.6.3 Set up protective devices

In the Parameterize devices module, you can add to the channel description for the protective
devices: the important properties are those which are used to display the data. For analog channels, these are as follows:
Name of channel (short and long format)
Channel color
Amplification factor
Visibility
Phase
Assignment to substation/branch

To change the properties, proceed as follows:

In the Parameterize devices module, select the menu item Device Parameterize.
In the Select device dialog, select the device you wish to edit and click on OK.

86

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

oscop154.tif

Figure 4-26 Central dialog for protection devices

In the Central dialog for protection devices, select the channel you wish to edit.
Activate the option Save channel to database. The fields for the channel properties (Legend, Short description, etc.) are activated.

Define the properties and click on Store in database in order to save these values to the
OSCOP P database.
More detailed information on the Central dialog for protection devices can be found in Chapter 9.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

87

4.6

Configuring Recording Devices

To configure a connection with recording devices from the SIMEAS R, SIMEAS Q and
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx families to a DAKON or PC, proceed as follows:

Select the menu item Configuration Devices... to call up the Configure device dialog
box.

image14.gif

Figure 4-27 Configuring devices

If so desired, select filter criteria in the drop-down lists of the Region, DAKON, Device family
and Voltage level text boxes to have only a certain device type displayed, e. g. SIMEAS R
devices of a certain region and voltage level.
Add a device

To add a new device, select from the drop-down list of the Device family text box the setting
All device types and click the
Add button.

image14_1.gif

Figure 4-28 Adding a device

Select the type of device that you want to add and confirm with OK.
You can also select the device type that you want to add in the Configure device dialog box

88

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

under Device family, and click the Add button. In both cases the following dialog box appears.

oscop100.gif

Figure 4-29 Setting up a quality recorder - Example

Make the desired settings and confirm with OK.

Copy device
If you wish to copy a device, including the configuration:

In the Configure devices dialog, click on Copy.

This takes you to the Setup device dialog for the device you have selected.
There, make the necessary changes (e.g. the name) for the new device.
In the Setup device dialog, click on OK to copy the device.
Change a device

To change the parameters of a device, select it from the device list, click the Change button
and enter your changes in the nested dialog box that appears, e. g. Setup quality writer.
Delete a device
To delete a device from the device list, select it in the Entries group box and click the Delete
button.
Note
When you delete a device, all records from that device are deleted as well. If your
device includes a great number of records, you should delete them first for a better performance.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

89

4.7

Setting Up a Digital Recorder SIMEAS R

Note
Please note that there are two types of SIMEAS R devices:

SIMEAS R V2/V3
SIMEAS R-PMU
Be sure you set the SIMEAS R type that complies with your device! Otherwise,
the device parameterization and the communication with the device is not
possible.
If you have selected SIMEAS recorder in the Add device dialog box, the Setup SIMEAS recorder dialog box appears now.

oscop109.gif

Figure 4-30 Setting up a quality recorder

In the Name box, enter a device name with up to 32 characters. The default setting is the
device type name and a consecutive number.

Select SIMEAS R or SIMEAS R-PMU as a device from the drop-down list in the Type box.
Once the device is created, its type can no longer be changed.

Note
If a device has already been imported using the OSCOP P program module
Parameterize devices, its type can no longer be modified in this dialog box. The
field appears grayed out.

Select from the drop-down list of the DAKON text box the DAKON to which the SIMEAS R
is connected.

Check Star coupler if the SIMEAS R is connected via a star coupler. In this case you must
also assign a device address. Enter in the Device address text box that appears a consecutive number (1 255) for the internal device management on the DAKON.

90

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

If you set up the device on a DAKON, enter in the Address in DAKON box that appears a
consecutive number for the internal device management on the DAKON.
Note
Devices that are connected to a DAKON should always be newly created through
the device list during the setup of the DAKON (see section 4.5).

Select from the drop-down list of the Substation text box the substation to which you want
to assign the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Feeder text box the feeder to which you want to assign
the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Signal frequency text box the signal frequency of the
signals to be recorded. The default setting is 50 Hz.

Note
This parameter setting is only used by the OSCOP P module Evaluate for the
calculation of other quantities.

Select from the drop-down list of the Voltage level text box the voltage level to which you
want to assign the device.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

91

4.7.1

Connection Parameters

Click the Connection button to call up the Connection parameters dialog box.

image167_1.gif

Figure 4-31 Connection parameters - Example

Select from the Connection type drop-down list the type of connection between the device
and the evaluation PC or DAKON.
No connection
Only used for test purposes and data import (creating a virtual device).
Serial
For V24 interfaces with connection through interface cable, FO cable or modem.
LAN
Only permitted for SIMEAS R devices, including entry of the corresponding LAN address or number

92

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Modem operation

Enter in the Phone number text box the phone number and the permissible separators:
colon, slash or hyphen. Up to 100 digits are allowed.
For pulse dialing, enter atdp without blank before the phone number, for tone dialing enter
atdt.
The modem must be operated in Hayes mode.

Note
For calls from an internal network into a public switched network, use the colon
as a separator for Wait for dialing tone.

Select from the drop-down list of the Interface text box the serial interface in the PC or
DAKON to which the device is connected, e. g. COM1... COM9 or TTY / V.24 1/1 ... 3/8

Note
Adding a device with the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices does not
assign an interface. Parameterize the interface in the Connection parameters
dialog box described above.

Select from the drop-down list of the Baud rate text box the data transmission rate. Values
can be set in the range between 300 and 115200 bits/s.

Check the appropriate checkboxes in the Data bits and Stop bits group boxes.
- 8 data bits
- 1 stop bit

Select from the drop-down list of the Parity text box None.
Select from the drop-down list of the Handshake text box
- None for serial connection through an interface cable
- Hardware for modem transfer
- XON / XOFF for special cases

In the Modem group box, select from the drop-down list of the Type text box the modem type,
and from the drop-down list of the Protocol list the default setting Hayes.

Click the Commands button. Enter the at commands for connecting and disconnecting. With
the above procedure you can connect all enabled modems.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

93

X.25 network

In X.25 network, click the X.25 checkbox and enter the address of the X.25 PAD. The
Handshake must be set to Hardware. These settings are also valid if two additional modems
are installed between the PC and the X.25 PAD.

Note
The type of X.25 PAD used can be entered manually in the oscop.ini file. In addition, specific settings for special modems and PADs can be made there.

4.7.2

Confirm your entries with OK.

SIMEAS R Additionals

In the Setup SIMEAS Recorder dialog box, click the Additions button and open the devicespecific dialog box SIMEAS R additionals.

image18.gif

Figure 4-32 SIMEAS R additionals

In the Transfer of Measurement Data group box, select from the drop-down list of the Mode
text box the measurement data transfer mode Binary or ASCII. The setting Binary is recommended, as it enables more rapid data transfer. However, it can be beneficial to switch to
ASCII for poor data connections and dial-up modems. For an X.25 connection, the setting
must be ASCII.

In the Password group box, enter in SIMEAS R password a password of up to 8 characters

which is used for data exchange between the device and the evaluation PC.
Note
For all actions that involve a change of parameters or deletion of data, the password parameterized in the evaluation PC and the password stored in the device
MUST be identical. If they are not, only read access to the quality recorder is possible.

94

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Click the Send password button to transfer a new password to the device. Enter the password once again in the nested dialog box that appears. The quality recorder may not have
run for more than 2 min. after power up, otherwise the password is not adopted.

oscop25.gif

Figure 4-33 Repeat the password

Identification

Click the Identification button to test the communication with the SIMEAS R. When the connection is established, the device identifies itself with its locally defined name.
Note
If you want the device to identify itself independently during operation, the locally
defined name must be identical with the name specified in OSCOP P. If it is not,
the device cannot be correctly identified.

Firmware update

Note
Observe that you may only load firmware versions that match the corresponding
device type (SIMEAS R V2/V3 or SIMEAS R-PMU).
If you perform an update with an incompatible firmware version by mistake, a
warning message will be output by OSCOP P. In this case, you must click Cancel, otherwise ALL parameterization data and records stored in the SIMEAS R
will be lost during this procedure.

Click on the Firmware Update button to install new firmware on the SIMEAS R digital error
recorder. OSCOP P sets up a connection to the device selected and reads the information
on the current firmware version for the device.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

95

oscop26.tif

Figure 4-34 Carry out firmware update

In the SIMEAS R Firmware Update dialog, select the *.fwi update file you received together
with the new firmware. This file contains information which OSCOP P can use to determine
the compatibility of the firmware and SIMEAS R.

Click on the Send button to transfer the update files. In the event of an incompatibility,
OSCOP P will not send the firmware to the SIMEAS R.

Note
If OSCOP P reports that the firmware is incompatible with the SIMEAS R, please
get in touch with your contact person at SIEMENS or the hotline.
The digital error recorder SIMEAS R is completely reset and, once it has been restarted, works
with the new firmware.
Note
The firmware update of the SIMEAS R must only be carried out by trained specialist personnel. Under certain circumstances, it may be necessary to remove
the hard drive from the device and set it up again before the update.
Please consult your SIEMENS contact or the hotline.

96

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.8

Setting Up a SIMEAS Q Power Quality Recorder

Two cases should be distinguished for the setup of a SIMEAS Q power quality recorder:
The SIMEAS Q is connected via a DAKON.
The SIMEAS Q is connected without a DAKON.

If the SIMEAS Q is connected without a DAKON, you must specify during the setup a project file
*.prj from which OSCOP P fetches the measured values of the SIMEAS Q.
Note
Unlike other device types, the SIMEAS Q power quality recorder is not configured
with OSCOP P. It is configured with the SIMEAS Q Parameterization software
package or with the SICARO Q Manager.
With the SIMEAS Q Parameterization software package you assign a device
address and define the communication parameters.
With the SICARO Q Manager you create a substation structure and integrate the
devices into your communication network. The parameters, settings and measured values are stored in a project file *.prj, which is indispensable for the integration of SIMEAS Q devices in to the OSCOP P system.

4.8.1

If the Device is Connected via a DAKON

If you have selected Quality recorder in the Add device dialog box, the Setup quality writer
dialog box appears now.

oscop27.gif

Figure 4-35 Setting up a SIMEAS Q quality recorder

Select from the drop-down list of the Type text box the device type SIMEAS Q.
Select from the drop-down list of the DAKON text box the DAKON to which the SIMEAS Q
is connected.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

97

Enter in the Address in DAKON text box the address of the device in the DAKON.
Note
Devices that are connected to a DAKON should always be newly created through
the device list during the setup of the DAKON (see section 4.5).

Select from the drop-down list of the Substation text box the substation to which you want
to assign the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Feeder text box the feeder to which you want to assign
the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Signal frequency text box the signal frequency of the
signals to be recorded. The default setting is 50 Hz.

Note
This parameter setting is only used by the OSCOP P module Evaluate for the
calculation of other quantities.

Select from the drop-down list of the Voltage level text box the voltage level to which you
want to assign the device.

Confirm your entries with OK.

4.8.2

If the Device is Connected without a DAKON

If you have selected Quality recorder in the Add device dialog box, the Setup quality writer
dialog box appears now.

oscop27.gif

Figure 4-36 Setup of a SIMEAS Q

Select from the drop-down list of the Type text box the device type SIMEAS Q.
Click the Project file button to open the Select a project in SICARO Q Manager dialog box.

98

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

oscop28.gif

Figure 4-37 Select a project file

Click the Add button to add a project file. The Open file dialog box appears.
Select the project file *.prj and confirm with OK. The project file is shown in the list of
SICARO Q Manager projects.

oscop29.gif

Figure 4-38 Listed project file

To delete a project file from the list, highlight the file and click the Delete button.
Click OK to return to the Setup quality writer dialog box. The selected project file appears
in that dialog box.

Click the Connection button to open the Select device dialog box.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

99

oscop30.gif

Figure 4-39 Select a SIMEAS Q

Highlight the device that you want to integrate into the system and click OK. You now return
to the Setup quality writer dialog box. The device name is adopted in this dialog box but
cannot be changed.

Select from the drop-down list of the Substation text box the substation to which you want
to assign the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Feeder text box the feeder to which you want to assign
the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Signal frequency text box the signal frequency of the
signals to be recorded. The default setting is 50 Hz.

Note
This parameter setting is only used by the OSCOP P module Evaluate for the
calculation of other quantities.

Select from the drop-down list of the Voltage level text box the voltage level to which you
want to assign the device.

Confirm your entries with OK.

100

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.9

Setting Up a Protection Relay

If you have selected Protection device in the Add device dialog box, the Setup protection
device dialog box appears.

oscop111.gif

Figure 4-40 Setting up a protection relay - Example

In the Name text box, enter a device name with up to 32 characters. The default setting is
the device type name and a consecutive number.

Select from the drop-down list of the Type text box a configured type of protection relay, or
select New if you want to create a new type of protection relay (see section 4.10).

Select from the drop-down list of the Central unit text box the connection of the protection
device. The selection Direct is only possible on a DAKON.

Enter in the Device address text box a unique address (up to 254), which must be identical
with the device address stored in the protection relay.

Select from the drop-down list of the Substation text box the substation to which you want
to assign the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Feeder text box the feeder to which you want to assign
the device.

Select from the drop-down list of the Signal frequency text box the signal frequency of the
signals to be recorded. The default setting is 50 Hz.

Note
This parameter setting is only used by the OSCOP P module Evaluate for the
calculation of other quantities.

Select from the drop-down list of the Voltage level text box the voltage level to which you
want to assign the device.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

101

4.9.1

Connection Parameters

Click the Connection button. The Connection parameters dialog box appears.

oscop112.gif

Figure 4-41 Connection parameters - Example

Select from the Connection type drop-down list the type of connection to the DAKON.
No connection
Only used for test purposes and data import (creating a virtual device).
Serial
For V24 interfaces with connection through interface cable or FO cable.

You cannot make any entries in the ISDN address text box, because as of now the modem connection function is not implemented.

Select from the drop-down list of the Interface text box the DAKON interface to which the
device is connected, e. g. LWL 1/1.

102

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Select from the drop-down list of the Baud rate the data transmission rate. Depending on the
device setting, select 9600 bits/s or 19200 bits/s.

Check the appropriate checkboxes in the Data bits and Stop bits group boxes.
- 8 data bits for Siemens protection relays
- 1 stop bit for Siemens protection relays

Select from the drop-down list of the Parity text box the option Even for Siemens protection
relays.

Select from the drop-down list of the Handshake text box the entry None.
Confirm your entries with OK.

The functions Modem, X.25 network and Datagate are not available.

4.9.2

Checking the Connection

To check the connection with the protection relay, proceed as follows:

In the Setup protection device dialog box, click the Reset button to send a reset command
to the protection relay. You receive the following acknowledge message:

image21.gif

Figure 4-42 Reset acknowledge message - Example

Note
The reset command does not delete any fault recordings and alarms in the protection relay.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

103

4.10

Configuring Protection Relay Types

In OSCOP P a configuration file is required for each type of protection relay. In the Configure
protection relay types you can add protection relay types to the list. OSCOP P is delivered with
a number of predefined protection relay types which you can easily import.
To import a protection relay type definition, proceed as follows:

In the Parameterize PC, select the menu item

Configuration Protection relay types to call up the

Configure protection relay types dialog box.

image13_3.gif

Figure 4-43 Configure protection relay types

New protection relay type

Click the Add button.

image13_2

Figure 4-44 Adding a protection relay type

Select the path to the file in which the definition of the protection relay type is stored.
Select the file and confirm with OK.
Export a protection relay type

To export a protection relay type, select in the Configure protection relay types dialog box
the type from the list of protection devices and click the Export button. Enter the desired file
location in the nested dialog box that appears.

104

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Delete a protection relay type

To delete a protection relay type, select in the Configure protection relay types dialog box
the type from the list of protection devices and click the Delete button.
Define protection relay types
Standard specifications for protection relay types that meet the standard of the German Electricity Association (VDEW) are contained in the file vdewkomp.pdd.
If you do not have the required *.pdd file for a protection relay, you can modify the standard file,
e.g. with Windows Notepad, and save it under the name of the protection relay, e.g.
ABB316.pdd.

Note
Do not modify the file structure when you edit the file!

The following parameters can be changed:

Enter in the section Name the exact name of the protection relay.
Enter under Message texts from Message text no. 149 your specific message texts. The text
line has a fixed layout (see section 2.8).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

105

4.11

Statistics patterns

In order to perform analyses with SICARO PQ, you must create statistics patterns and assign
them to the corresponding substations or feeders.

Note
A correct assignment is absolutely necessary to ensure that OSCOP P and
SICARO PQ provide correct analyses. The statistics pattern defines the basis on
which the evaluation is made (standards, reference level, set points, etc.).
The precondition is that:

you have assigned the substation, feeder and device in the PSD configurator (see
chapter 5). At the same time, it is particularly important to perform a correct assignment of
the device's measuring channels for voltage and current measurement.

you have specified the reference level, quality profiles and report templates in SICARO PQ
(see SICARO PQ, Software for Power Quality Analyses, Application Description /1/ and the
on-line help on SICARO PQ).
Then create the required statistics patterns (see section 4.11.1) and assign them to a substation/
feeder (see section 4.11.2).
The analyses can be edited in the Transfer module (see section 10).

106

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.11.1

Editing a statistics pattern

First select the Edit statistics pattern dialog box using the Configuration Statistics
patterns menu item. OSCOP P establishes a connection to SICARO PQ and collects the
required data from there.

oscop190.tif

Figure 4-45 Editing a statistics pattern

Adding a statistics pattern

Click the Add button. This opens the Parameterize statistics patterns dialog box.

oscop191.tif

Figure 4-46 Parameterizing a statistics pattern

Enter the name of the statistics pattern in the Name field.

Select Reference level, Quality profile and Report template. All values that you have
created in SICARO PQ are offered (see SICARO PQ, Software for Power Quality Analyses,
Application Description /1/ and the on-line help on SICARO PQ).

Define the Start time: OSCOP P starts SICARO PQ analyses in the Automatic mode (see
chapter 10) at this time.

Define the time period for the analysis: According to the standard, this is a time period of 1
month.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

107

Changing a statistics pattern

Select the entry you want to change in the Edit statistics pattern dialog box and click the
Change button.

This opens the Parameterize statistics pattern dialog box where you can change the
settings (as described above).
Deleting a statistics pattern

Select the entry you want to delete in the Edit statistics pattern dialog box and click the
Delete button.

4.11.2

Assigning a statistics pattern

Next, you must assign the statistics pattern to a substation or feeder (and thus to a device):

First select the menu item Assignment of feeders and substations to statistics patterns
using the Configuration Statistics pattern assignment dialog box.

oscop192.tif

Figure 4-47 Parameterizing a statistics pattern

Select the feeder to which the device has been assigned in the Substation/feeder area.
Select the statistics pattern you want to use for the analyses in the Assignment area.
Click OK to close the dialog box and save the changes.

108

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.12

Defining Output Devices

Once they have been transmitted to an evaluation, server or client PC or a DAKON, the annunciations, measured values and fault records issued by the recording devices can be passed on
to the following output devices:
Printer
Fax machines
Other evaluation PCs

Proceed as follows to configure output devices:

In the Parameterize PC basic dialog box, select the menu item Configuration Output
devices to call up the Output device registration dialog box.

image25.gif

Figure 4-48 Registration of output devices

All devices that are already registered are listed under Output devices.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

109

4.12.1

Adding / Removing a Printer

Printer registration

Click the Add new printer button to open the nested dialog box for selecting a printer.

image26.gif

Figure 4-49 Selecting a printer

Enter in the Name of the printer box the name under which the printer will appear in the list
of output devices.

In the Assignment to the Windows printer group box, select a local or network printer.
Click the Printer setup button and set the printer properties as required. e.g. format, printout
quality etc.
Remove a printer

Select from the Output devices list the printer that you want to remove.
Click the Delete button.
Confirm your entries with OK.

110

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.12.2

Adding / Removing a Fax

Note
Under Windows 2000 and Windows XP, there can be problems working with WinFax. If this happens, please contact our Customer Care Center.

Fax registration

Click the Add new fax device button to open the nested dialog box for setting the fax parameters.

Enter in Name of fax device the name under which the fax will appear in the list of output
devices.

Enter in Number of fax device the telephone number of the fax machine.
Click the Page setup button and make the device-specific settings.
Remove a fax

Select from the Output devices list the fax that you want to remove.
Click the Delete button.
Confirm your entries with OK.

Note
The Winfax software is a prerequisite for using fax machines for output; it must
be started during the operation of OSCOP P (entry in the Autostart folder).

Note
For the fax to work properly, you need to carry out the following actions:

Rename the WinFax driver: z.B. WinFaxOscop.

Change the name of the printer in the Windows Control Panel: e.g. WinFaxOscop.

Change or add the entry below in the [Winfax] section of the OSCOP.IN file:
e.g.
[Winfax]
FaxDriverName=WinFaxOscop
ApplicationName=c:\program files\delrina\winfax\faxmng32
...
Please note that the three names must match exactly.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

111

4.12.3

Adding / Removing an Evaluation PC

The Adding an evaluation PC function is only available on a server PC or a DAKON. In both
operating modes, you must specify where the data of a server PC or DAKON shall be transferred
to.

Note
Please note that data access is possible
on a DAKON only by an evaluation PC
on a server PC by evaluation PCs and client PCs.

Evaluation PC registration

Click the Add new evaluation PC button to open the nested dialog box for setting the parameters.

oscop75.gif

Figure 4-50 Adding an evaluation PC

Enter in the Name box the name under which the evaluation PC will appear in the list of output devices.

Click the Connection button to call up the nested dialog box in which you set the parameters
for the interface, data transmission mode etc.
For more details please refer to section 4.5.1, Setting the Connection Parameters.
Evaluation PC Remove

Select from the Output devices list the evaluation PC that you want to remove.
Click the Delete button.
Confirm your entries with OK.

112

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.13

Configuring the Synchronization Box

You can synchronize the clocks of the devices in your substation by means of an external receiver module that supplies date and time information. This information is then transmitted to the
connected devices in the form of synchronization telegrams.
This function can be carried out on a server PC or a DAKON. It is only possible if OSCOP P runs
in automatic mode.
The external sync box (synchronization box) is connected to a serial port of the DAKON or PC.
It receives the signals with an external antenna and converts them to DCF77-compatible, serial
date/time telegrams. The DAKON or PC requests the converted information and sends it cyclically to all devices which are configured to receive it.
If you want to use date and time information provided by other receiver systems, please specify
them when ordering the sync box. The following systems are possible:
DCF77 (Europe)
Pattek-Phillip (Switzerland)
GPS (worldwide)

The GPS system is recommended.

When setting the parameters for automatic mode in the OSCOP P module Transfer, you can
specify for each device type (protection relay, SIMEAS R, OSCILLOSTORE P531) whether the
synchronization settings made here will be effective.
For protection relays, a precise time synchronization is particularly important to ensure that e.g.
in case of a line fault the fault records of all protection relays responding to it are started simultaneously.
The synchronization telegram interrupts the transfer of data to the DAKON. Therefore the synchronization intervals for protection relays should be set in OSCOP P to > 5 minutes.
Note
We recommend to synchronize the quality recorders and protection relays locally,
i.e. directly on the device. Direct synchronization of the devices ensures a higher
degree of precision than a synchronization telegram transmitted by the sync box.
In digital recorders SIMEAS R, this synchronization method can cause time jumps. It is therefore
not recommended for that type of devices.
Note
If you use a sync box with GPS, set DCF77 as the output signal to avoid problems
with the daylight saving time switchover (IRIG-B does not support daylight saving
time switchover).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

113

Proceed as follows to set the parameters:

In the Parameterize PC basic dialog box, select the menu item Configuration Synchronization box to call up the
Configure synchronization box dialog box, and set the connection parameters.
.

oscop126.gif

Figure 4-51 Configuring the synchronization box

Select from the drop-down list of the Interface box the interface to which the sync box is connected.

Select from the drop-down list of the Baud rate the data transmission rate. The data transmission rate depends on the modem and the transmission link.

From the drop-down list of the Parity box, select None.

From the drop-down list of the Handshake box, select None.
Select the number of Data bits and stop bits.
Click the Get time button to check the link to the sync box and the time information.

114

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.14

Database settings

The possible size of your OSCOP P database is determined by the following factors:
The maximum size of the QUADBASE database is (1900 Mbytes)
Available hard disk space

Database behaviour
Once OSCOP P is installed and the database created during the installation process, it grows

larger until it reaches the Maximum size.

OSCOP P ensures automatically that the Maximum size is never exceeded and sufficient

disk space is always provided for a data record to be stored.

When this fill level is reached, OSCOP P activates the ring buffer mode: In order to be able

to store new records, old data records are deleted automatically.

Note
The records with the oldest trigger time (fault records) or the oldest start time
(average value records) are always deleted.

Setting the database size

Proceed as follows to specify the database settings:

Select the Database settings dialog box in the Parameterize PC module using the
Configuration Database menu item.

oscop76.gif

Figure 4-52 Database settings of the OSCOP P database

Enter the total database size in the Maximum size field of the Database settings section.
We recommend a database size from 200 to 600 Mbytes.
The maximum size that can be set is 1900 Mbytes.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

115

Note
The database must never exceed a size of 1900 Mbytes. Otherwise, data or even
the entire database may be lost. There is a safety area reserved by OSCOP P to
ensure that this critical limit cannot be exceeded. Data is already deleted in the
ring buffer mode when the safety limit is reached, i. e. before the database is full.

Note
The maximum database size cannot be smaller than the size the database has
already reached at the moment.

Changes to the database settings are only applied after clicking on OK. You can see your
changes by selecting the Database settings dialog box again.
The Hard drive status section provides information on the currently available disk space.
The Database status section displays the current database occupancy.

116

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

4.15

Print

The Print function is used to document the parameter settings in a printout. You can select the
parameter range to be printed out.
To define the print parameters, proceed as follows:

In the Parameterize PC basic dialog box, select the menu item Print System parameters
to call up the Print dialog box.

image29.gif

Figure 4-53 Printing the parameter settings

Select one or more lists from the List(s) to be printed box, and click the Print... button.
If necessary, change in the nested dialog box the printer settings such as format etc., and
confirm with OK.

Note
In the printout, each list starts on a new page.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

117

Details button
If you select in List(s) to be printed the device list, the Details button is activated.

Click the Details button if you want to print only certain elements from these lists.

oscop40.gif

Figure 4-54 Selecting elements to be printed

In the nested dialog box that appears, select under Available devices all elements that you
want to print, and click the Add button The selected elements are moved to the Devices to
be printed list.

To remove elements from the printout list, select them under Devices to be printed and click
the Remove button.

Note
When you print out the device list, you can add a list of DAKONs, a list of regions,
the substation assignment and the interface parameters.

118

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Select fonts button

Click the Select fonts button. The nested dialog box Font selection appears.
The following elements can be modified for the printout:
Table contents/text
General title
Subtitle
Table title

oscop41.gif

Figure 4-55 Select fonts

Select one of these elements, e.g. Subtitle.

Click the Select button and make your settings in the nested dialog box that appears.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

119

120

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Configuring a Power System

Contents
5.1

General

122

5.2

Creating and parameterizing a device

124

5.3

Configuring and parameterizing a power system

127

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

121

5.1

General

The OSCOP P module Power System Description (PSD) is used to configure and
parameterize your power system. A correct parameterization is the prerequisite for precisely
determining the fault location and the fault type.
The analysis is performed for faults in the high-voltage system (overhead lines, isolated
lines) only. You can parameterize several line segments per line. When determining the
fault location, the fault locator considers all parameterized line segments. The fault
location is designed for solidly earthed systems.
The type of the currently detected line fault is determined automatically.
Example
A simple example is used to describe the procedure in this chapter. The sample project contains
all possible elements of a power system. In case of a real system, the number and combination
of these elements can be different.
Substation 1

Substation 2
SIMEAS R

Network
Feeder

Line

Feeder

Line segment
Busbar

Busbar

Example01.tif

Figure 5-1 Example of a power system/network

122

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

The sample project contains

two substations each with
one busbar and
one feeder as well as
a high voltage line consisting of
two line segments.
A SIMEAS R is used as a device.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

123

5.2

Creating and parameterizing a device

You must first create and parameterize a data source in OSCOP P, which is a SIMEAS R in this
example.
This chapter describes how to create and parameterize a device only to the extent required for
this example.
Add SIMEAS R
Proceed as follows to add a device:

Start the OSCOP P module Parameterize PC.

Select Configure Devices.
The Configure device dialog box is opened.

Click Add. The Add device dialog box is opened.

param02.tif

Figure 5-2 Dialog box "Add device"

Activate SIMEAS Recorder and confirm with OK.

The Set up SIMEAS Recorder dialog box is opened.

param03.tif

Figure 5-3 Dialog box "Set up SIMEAS Recorder"

Enter a Name for the device.

Select the SIMEAS R type.
Set the Signal frequency.
The Voltage level is parameterized in the PSD configurator at a later point in time.

124

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Confirm your entries with OK.

This returns you to the Configure device dialog box.

param04.tif

Figure 5-4 Dialog box "Configure device"

The SIMEAS R has been added.

Close the dialog box by clicking Close.

Exit the OSCOP P module Parameterize PC.
Parameterizing SIMEAS R
In practice, you would load the device settings from the device. For reasons of simplicity, the
parameterization is performed directly in this example.
Proceed as follows to parameterize SIMEAS R:

Start the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices.

Select the Device Parameterize menu item.
The Select device dialog box is opened.

Select the SIMEAS R created before and click OK.

Select No in the next dialog box in order not to load parameters from the device.
This opens the dialog box where you can parameterize the SIMEAS R.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

125

param05.tif

Figure 5-5 Dialog box "Parameterize SIMEAS R"

SIMEAS R must measure at least 3 voltage and 3 current channels as it is possible with, e. g.,
a VCDAU.

Select the System control level in the left pane.

Activate one VCDAU module in the Configuration tab.
Proceed with other settings.

126

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

5.3

Configuring and parameterizing a power system

Overview
You configure and parameterize your power system mainly in the
Substation Configuration view.
The configuration is completed in the Network Configuration view.
The figure below shows how to configure the substation using PSD.

Substation Configuration

Adding and
parameterizing
substations

Network Configuration

Device Configuration

Adding a network

Adding and
parameterizing
busbars

Adding and
parameterizing
feeders

Assigning
measuring
channels

Adding and
parameterizing
a line

Adding and
parameterizing
line segments

proceeding.tif

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

127

Adding and parameterizing a network

Start the OSCOP P module Power System Description (PSD).

Select the Network Configuration view.

energy01.tif

Figure 5-6 Power System Description, Network Configuration

Select Networks in the left pane.

Select the Create Network menu item.
The Create Network dialog box is opened.

Enter a Name for the network.

Specify the Nominal frequency, Nominal voltage and Operating voltage.

energy04.tif

Figure 5-7 Power System Description, parameterizing a network

128

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Click OK to close the dialog box.

The added network is displayed.

energy02.tif

Figure 5-8 Parameterizing a network

You can also change the parameters in the right pane subsequently.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

129

View "Substation Configuration"

In the Substation Configuration, you add substations, busbars and feeders as elements of the
PSD object.
Adding substations

Select the Substation Configuration view.

topo01.tif

Figure 5-9 Power System Description, Substation Configuration

Select the Create Substation menu item.

The new substation is created and displayed in the topological tree.

Right-click on the substation and select Rename from the context menu.
Enter a Name (e. g., Substation 1) for the substation.
Add a second substation (e. g., Substation 2).

130

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Adding and parameterizing busbars

Note
Each busbar must be assigned to a network. If the network does not yet exist, you must
create it in the network configuration view before adding the busbar.

Select a substation (e. g., Substation 1) you have added.

Select the Create Busbar menu item.
The Create Busbar dialog box is opened.

topo02.tif

Figure 5-10 Power System Description, parameterizing a busbar

Enter a Name (e. g., Busbar 1) for the busbar.

Select the network you have added before under Assignments.
Select the device component for voltage measurement under Assignment of measuring
channels for fault location.

Confirm by clicking OK. The busbar is added.

Add a busbar for the second substation (e. g., Busbar 2) and also assign it to the network.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

131

Adding and parameterizing feeders

Select the busbar (e. g., Busbar 1) that you have added.
Select the Create Feeder menu item.
The Create Feeder dialog box is opened.

topo03.tif

Figure 5-11 Power System Description, parameterizing a feeder

Enter a Name (e. g., Feeder 1) for the feeder.

Enter further parameters under General parameters.
In the right pane, click inside the Current measurement input box under
Assignment of measuring channels for fault location. A selection box is opened.

Assign a channel group for the current measurement (e. g., Channel Group 2) as well.
Add a feeder for the second substation (e. g., Feeder 2).
You can also view the assignment of measuring channels in the Device Configuration view.

132

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

topo04.tif

Figure 5-12 Power System Description, Substation Configuration

The left pane now shows the configured power system under topological tree.

Note
If you do not select the busbar but the feeder as a power-infeed point, you can accelerate the
diagnosis for the electrical power system quality (PQ report by SICARO PQ).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

133

Adding and parameterizing a line

Select the Network Configuration view.

Select the added network in the power system tree.
Select the Create Line menu item.
The new line is created and displayed in the power system tree.

energy03.tif

Figure 5-13 Power System Description, parameterizing a line

Select the left (e. g., Feeder 1) and the right feeder (e. g., Feeder 2) under Assignments.
Use Tools Options to open the dialog box.
Data entry format for line parameters.

energy06.tif

Figure 5-14 Power System Description, data entry format for line parameters

134

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Note
The selection of R1, X1 for the positive sequence and of
R0, X0 for earth impedance compensation results in the highest accuracy of the fault location
calculation.

Select the data entry format that matches the existing data.
You can change the data entry format any time. The entries already made are then converted
to the new format.
Adding and parameterizing a line segment

Select the line you have added in the left pane.

Parameterize the already created Segment1 (see table below) under Segments.

Note
The segment in the first line of the list is the segment at the left feeder. The segment in the
last line is the segment at the right feeder.
You can enter the capacities manually or have them calculated automatically.
The capacity is calculated from the reactance.

Right-click inside the input box and select will be calculated for the capacity value to be
calculated automatically.
The table lists all possible parameters. The relevant parameters must be parameterized
depending on the selected data entry format (See Figure 5-14).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

135

Field

Definition

Name

Name of the line segment.

Type

Type of the segment.

You can enter Overhead line, Three-pole cable or One-pole cable
here.

Length

Length of the line segment in km or miles (depending on the setting in

the Parameterize PC module)

Central phase

Phase in the middle of the phase arrangement

For twisted phases, you must set None/Unknown.

Resistance R1

Ohmic resistance (positive sequence) in /km or in /miles

Reactance X1

Reactance (positive sequence) in /km or in /miles

Capacity C1

Capacity (positive sequence) in F/km or in F/miles

C1 equals the service capacity CB.

Resistance R0

Ohmic resistance (zero sequence) in /km or in /miles

Reactance X0

Reactance (zero sequence) in /km or in /miles

Capacity C0

Capacity (zero sequence) in F/km or in F/miles

Angle Phi

Angle between R1 and X1 (positive sequence) in degrees

RE/RL

Ratio of resistances
RE = resistance (earth), RL= resistance (line)

XE/XL

Ratio of reactances
XE = reactance (earth), XL= reactance (line)

kL absolute
value

Absolute value of the ratio of impedances, ZE/Z1

(ZE = absolute value of earth impedance, Z1= absolute value of positive
sequence impedance)
kL corresponds to the k0 parameter

kL angle

Angle between the impedances ZE and Z1 in degrees

kL corresponds to the k0 parameter

Z0/Z1 absolute
value

Absolute value of the ratio of impedances, Z0/Z1

(Z0 = absolute value of zero sequence impedance, Z1= absolute value of
positive sequence impedance)

Z0/Z1 angle

Angle between the impedances Z0 and Z1 in degrees

The lengths (also applies to absolute values) can be entered either in km or miles.

136

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

energy05.tif

Figure 5-15 Power System Description, adding a segment

Add a second segment (e. g., Segment 2) and parameterize it.

The configuration of your power system is complete now.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

137

138

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Parameterize Devices - General

Contents
6.1

General

140

6.2

Main Dialog Box for All Device Types

141

6.3

Importing / Exporting Parameter Sets

142

6.4

Set up protection devices

144

6.5

Printing Parameters

146

6.6

Exiting the Parameterization

146

Note
When changing device settings, bear in mind that analyses extending beyond the
moment of change may not be performed.
An analysis for such a period of time is incorrect.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

139

6.1

General

The OSCOP P module Parameterize devices is used to do the following:

Central functions such as synchronization of devices, import and export of parameters, prin-

tout of parameters etc.

Parameterization of the SIMEAS R
Parameterization of the OSCILLOSTORE P531
Parameterization of the OSCILLOSTORE P530

These parameter settings can be made on an evaluation PC or a DAKON.

Program startup

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Parameterize devices,
to start the Parameterize devices module.

Enter your password in the Authorization request dialog box (see section 4.1, Password
query).

Confirm your entry with OK.

You can now select devices in the Select device dialog box and start to parameterize the individual devices.

Note
The parameters of protection relays cannot be set in the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices. Use the DIGSI communication software to do this.
SIMEAS Q devices are configured with the software packages
SIMEAS Q Parameterization and SICARO Q Manager.

140

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

6.2

Main Dialog Box for All Device Types

The Select device main dialog box shows all devices that you have previously added in the
OSCOP P module Parameterize PC (see section 4.6).

image73.gif

Figure 6-1 Selecting a device

Select from the drop-down lists of the Region, DAKON, Device family and Voltage level
text boxes the filter criteria for displaying the assigned devices.

Double-click in the Entries text box the device which you want to parameterize.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

141

6.3

Importing / Exporting Parameter Sets

Import
To import existing parameter sets from OSCILLOSTORE into the OSCOP P database and
assign them to a device, proceed as follows:

Select the menu item File Import OSCOP parameters.

oscop114.gif

Figure 6-2 Importing parameters

In the Import OSCOP parameters dialog box, click the Select OSCILLOSTORE button to
select the device to which you want to assign the parameters.
The import / export of SIMEAS R parameters is described in chapter 7.

Click the Select file button.

In the nested dialog box that appears, select the appropriate parameter set file and confirm
with OK.

Click the Import button.

142

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

image75.gif

Figure 6-3 Importing OSCOP parameters

Note
*.srp files contain SIMEAS R parameters.
*.opp files contain OSCILLOSTORE P531 parameters.

Export

Select the menu item File Export OSCOP parameters.

In the nested dialog box that appears, select the device and folder location for the device
parameters that you want to export.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

143

6.4

Set up protection devices

In the Parameterize device module, add to the channel description for the protection device: the
properties which are used for displaying the data are the most important here. For analog channels, these properties are as follows:
Channel name (short and long text)
Channel color
Amplification factor
Display range
Visibility
Phase
Signal type
Allocation to substation / branch

To change the properties, proceed as follows:

In the Parameterize device module, select the menu item Device Parameterize.
In the Select device dialog, select the device you wish to edit and click on OK.

oscop154.tif

Figure 6-4 Central dialog for protection devices

In the Central dialog for protection devices, select the channel you wish to edit.

144

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Activate the Save channel to database option. This activates the fields for the channel properties (Legend, Short description, etc.).

Define the properties and click on Store in database, to save these values in the OSCOP P
database.
More detailed information on the Central dialog for protection devices can be found in
chapter 9.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

145

6.5

Printing Parameters

The OSCOP P module Parameterize devices offers you the possibility to print the complete
parameter sets of one or more quality recorders.

Select the menu item File Printer setup to set the parameters for the printout, such as
format, print quality etc.

Select the menu item File Print and select in the print dialog box the printer and the printing range.

6.6

Exiting the Parameterization

When you have finished parameterizing your devices, exit the OSCOP P module Parameterize
devices as follows:

Close all dialog boxes by clicking OK, Cancel or Close.

Select the menu item File Exit.

Note
To avoid inconsistencies between the data in the evaluation PC and the device,
you should always transfer changed parameters immediately to the appropriate
device and save them there (see also the chapter on parameterizing devices).

146

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Parameterize the SIMEAS R V2/V3

Note
Please note that there are two types of SIMEAS R devices:

SIMEAS R V2/V3
SIMEAS R-PMU
This chapter describes how to parameterize the SIMEAS R V2/V3.
All information on the SIMEAS R-PMU can be found in the SIMEAS R-PMU manual
(order number E50417-H1000-C360)

Contents
7.1

General

148

7.2

Configuration

152

7.3

Local Printer

154

7.4

Time Synchronization

155

7.5

SIMEAS R Calling Master Station

156

7.6

Description

157

7.7

Interfaces

181

7.8

LED Indications

185

7.9

Output of Indications by Relay

186

7.10

Group Alarms

187

7.11

Slot Description

188

7.12

Analog Fault Recorders

197

7.13

Harmonics

204

7.14

Power/Frequency Recorder

206

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

147

7.1

General

The digital recorder SIMEAS R is configured in the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices.
In the parameter settings you specify the device functions, configuration, channel assignment,
indication outputs, computation parameters, interfaces, fault recording functions, print functions
etc. Before you can do this, you must have added the device to the substation structure in the
Parameterize PC module (see section 4.6).
Proceed as follows:

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Parameterize devices
to start the Parameterize device module.

Select the SIMEAS R device in the main dialog box (see section 6.2).
Click OK to open the SIMEAS R parameterization dialog box.

oscop42.tif

Figure 7-1 Dialog box for parameterizing the SIMEAS R

Enter the hard disk capacity if you want to parameterize a SIMEAS R

offline, i.e. without connection to the device.
Otherwise, the parameter setting will be read from the device itself or from the PC database.

148

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

The commands in the menus of the dialog box are used e.g. for the following:
Copy device parameters
Create a link between the evaluation PC and the device
Transfer parameters into and from the device, read out status, send date and time etc.
Load parameters from the DAKON / server

With this function, a client PC can, for instance, fetch parameters directly from the server PC.
Load parameters from the database / store parameters in the database
Import / export parameters

Status boxes
The information in the status boxes describes the device structure and shows the firmware version.
The Serial number box, for instance, shows the serial number of the SIMEAS R CPU board.
This information is needed e.g. for contacting the Siemens hotline.
Copy SIMEAS R
If you wish to copy a SIMEAS R including the configuration:
Note
You can copy the parameters of a SIMEAS R only to a SIMEAS R of the same
type (V2/V3 or PMU).

Open the device.

Select Edit Copy Device
In the Copy device dialog, enter the name of the new device.

oscop175.tif

Figure 7-2 Copy device

Click on Copy. A message appears when the copying process is complete.

Copying a slot
How to copy the slot parameters from one SIMEAS R to another:
Note
You can copy the slot parameters only to a SIMEAS R of the same type (V2/V3
or PMU).

Open the device (see figure 7-3) from which you want to copy a slot.
Select the menu item Edit Copy Slot Slot number.
Enter the name of the target device in the Copy slot dialog box. This copies the parameters

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

149

of the selected slot to this device.

oscop186.tif

Figure 7-3 Copying a slot

Enter the name of the target device and the slot number to which the parameters of the
selected slot are to be copied.
Note
If the slot of the target device has already been parameterized, these parameters
will be overwritten without any warning message!

Click Copy. A corresponding message will be displayed when the copying process is
complete.

The dialog box for parameterization of the SIMEAS R has the following structure:

System control with the tabs Configuration, Local printer, Time synchronization and SIMEAS R
calling Master Station
Digital Recorder with the tabs Mean value recorder and Error recorder
Interfaces with the tabs Data interface, PCMCIA interface and Service interface
LEDs/Relays with the tabs LED, Relay and Group alarm

Description
Slot with the tabs Analogic channels, Power/Frequency, Positive/Negative sequence, Binary

channel and DC channels

Analogic fault recorder

Trigger with the tabs Analogic trigger, Binary trigger, External/network, Pattern and DC trig-

ger

Harmonics
Power_Frequency Recorder
Trigger with the tabs Analogic trigger and External/network

Note
The tab External/network is only shown if you have specified earlier under Interfaces PCMCIA interface the type of interface as Network.

Selecting a function

To select a function, click the entry in the folder tree structure (left-hand pane of the dialog
box) and then select the appropriate tab in the right-hand pane of the dialog box.

150

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

151

7.2

Configuration
In the System control tab Configuration you specify the slot assignment of your
SIMEAS R.
Note
Parameters should be read out from the devices. Only make parameter settings
here if this is not possible.

oscop44.gif

Figure 7-4 Configuration

Proceed as follows to set the parameters:

Click next to SIMEAS R

8/16 if the device has only one DAU, or
32/64 if the device has four DAUs.

Select from the drop-down list of the Main frequency box the reference value for the internal
signal computation.

Activate the DAUs of the individual slots by checking the Active checkbox.
Uncheck a slot when you remove the completely parameterized module, e. g. for recalibration. In this way all parameters settings are maintained but not processed.

152

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Enter in the Name box a name with up to 8 characters under which the events of the DAU
will be recorded.

Select from the drop-down list under DAU type the type of DAU installed.
Select from the drop-down list under Connection mode 1/2 the mode for local registration
of the measured signals, e.g. Star. You can set the mode separately for the first and the
second group of four input channels each. This information is not relevant for BDAUs and
DDAUs.
Star

Nominal values as phase - ground quantities

Delta

Nominal values as phase - phase quantities

Mono

Nominal values as phase quantities

Check the appropriate calculate checkbox if you want to measure only the three phases in
star connection and have the starpoint voltage UN or the starpoint current IN calculated.
The result of the vector addition VN = 1/3 [V1 + V2 + V3] or
IN = [I1 + I2 + I3] is then shown as the 4th and/or 8th channel.

For CDAUs, select from the drop-down list under Voltage assignment a VCDAU to establish
a link between VCDAU voltage channels and CDAU current channels for power calculation.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

153

7.3

Local Printer
With SIMEAS R devices you have the possibility to output events on a printer that is directly
connected to the device.

Select in System control the Local printer tab.

oscop53.gif

Figure 7-5 Local printer

Click the yes radio output to print records to the local printer.
Select the Paper format.
Select in the Print group box the number of channels per page.

154

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.4

Time Synchronization

In the System control dialog box, the Time synchronization tab is used to set the synchronization mode of your SIMEAS R and the parameters for the daylight saving time switchover.

oscop45.gif

Figure 7-6 Time synchronization

Select from the drop-down list of the Synchronization box the time synchronization mode of
the device, e. g. minute pulse directly connected to the SIMEAS R, Sync box for DCF77,
Patteck Phillip or GPS time signals.

Activate Daylight saving active if you have not set an external synchronization, and enter
the appropriate dates in the Start of daylight saving and End of daylight saving group
boxes.
Note
If you use a sync box for GPS time signals, always use DCF77 as the output signal. This ensures that daylight saving time switchover is performed automatically
(IRIG-B does not support automatic switchover).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

155

7.5

SIMEAS R Calling Master Station

In the System control dialog box, the SIMEAS R calling Master Station tab is used to select
the interface for connection of the device to the PC.

oscop46.gif

Figure 7-7 SIMEAS R calling Master Station

Check the SIMEAS R calling checkbox and select the interface from the drop-down list.
Depending on the kind of interface selected, enter in the Telephone number box the number
or the TCP/IP address.

156

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.6

Description

The item Description contains the tabs Mean value writer, Error recorder and Voltage dips.
This tab is used to specify the device functions that might be used, and the measured quantities
which you want to record with the device. Furthermore, you can allocate memory space to each
of the functions.
Note
The Flicker and the Voltage dips functions are only available for SIMEAS Rs with
a firmware version 2.3 or higher.

Select the Mean value writer tab.

oscop43.gif

Figure 7-8 Description, Mean value writer tab

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

157

Note
Changes of memory partitions will delete the database in the device. However,
you are warned of this before loading the amended parameters.
OSCOP P monitors the issue of memory resources.
If the memory capacity is too low for a mean value (e.g. U,I) and the overal memory capacity of the device is exhausted, proceed as follows:

Reduce the memory capacity for another mean (e.g. harm).

Please note that deactivating the control box does not automatically release
the memory capacity.

Increase the memory capacity for the mean value U,I by the amount of memory capacity you have released.

Allocate each writer a memory range of 1.5 MByte.

To select a function, click the appropriate checkbox and enter in the boxes next to it the mean
period and the allocated memory space.

Mean value recorder

U,I

Voltage/current mean value recorder

P,Q

Active/reactive power mean value recorder

f, Sym

Frequency/symmetry mean value recorder

THD

Distortion factor mean value recorder

harm

Harmonics mean value recorder

DC

DC voltage mean value recorder

Mean period in

Period over which a mean value is calculated and stored in the memory.
Memory in MB

Physical memory space in MBytes allocated to each recorder

Provisional max. recording depth

Recording time in days (d) and hours (h).

It is calculated from the recording time, the number of active channels, the memory capacity
required for each event, and the allocated memory.

158

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Check the Flicker checkbox if you want to evaluate the flicker.

The evaluation indicators resulting from the calculation of the flicker indicate its effects.

For Pst and Plt the following times are preset (fixed):

Pst

Short term interference

10 min

Plt

Long term interference

2 hours

Select the Error recorder tab

oscop98.gif

Figure 7-9 Description, Error recorder tab

In the Error recorder tab you specify the memory space allocated to the device in its functions
as a fault recorder.

Check the checkboxes for the desired recording functions and specify the respective memory
spaces allocated to them.
Analog

Conventional fault recorder

Binary

Binary fault recorder

f, P

Frequency / power fault recorder

Save in MB

Physical memory space in MBytes allocated to each recorder.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

159

Select the Voltage dips tab.

oscop99.gif

Figure 7-10 Description, Voltage dips tab

In the Voltage dips tabs you specify the thresholds for storage of a threshold value. Such a
threshold value is stored whenever a voltage signal rises above or drops below the set value.
The signals used are the RMS values.
The thresholds are defined as percentages of the rated value (rated value = 100 %) of the signal,
i.e. a threshold of 90 %, for instance, means that a threshold value is stored when a signal with
a rated value of 100 V drops to 90 V.

Check the Voltage dips checkbox if you want to record voltage dips.
Enter in Memory the physical memory space in MBytes for this recording.
Enter the Thresholds as percentages. You can define a maximum of 15 thresholds. The
parameterized values must be at least 5 % apart.

Click the Default setting button to accept the default threshold settings. The
Accept thresholds dialog box appears.

Click the Accept button to accept the default settings.

For more information on voltage dips, please refer to section 7.6.1.

160

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.6.1

Information on the Measurement of Voltage Dips

Terms and definitions

Quality measurement and evaluation of energy as a product has become more and more important over the past few years. On one hand there are consumers, e.g. the industry, who demand
a certain guaranteed quality level, on the other hand there are energy producers and distributors
who require evidence that they have supplied that quality level at the delivery point.
The criteria for the evaluation of energy quality are specified by a number of standards, such as
the European standard EN50160 or the international standard IEC 1000-2-4. All standards largely agree that the indicator value to which the criteria refer is the voltage. On that base they
analyze the signal level, the signal frequency, the harmonics spectrum etc. In the medium voltage range, three-phase measurement is usually performed on phase-to-phase voltages, since
with phase-to-earth voltages (wye voltages) zero shifts become apparent (which, however, do
not affect the quality for the consumer). As the standards do not specify anything on that point,
either method can be used.
The voltage signal level is examined under two different aspects. Firstly, the deviation of the signal r.m.s. value from the specified setpoint. This, however, refers to minor deviations (around 10
%) over lengthy periods. This characteristic is referred to in the standards as steady-state voltage variations. The measured or analyzed quantity is here the period over which the signal is
outside the specified limits, referred to the total analysis period.
Secondly, major deviations from the nominal value occurring in shorter periods are analyzed. For
this the criterion voltage-related or transient events is defined. For such deviations from the
standard, no time relationship with the analysis period is established; instead, they are classified,
counted and collected. They are subdivided into the classes "Rapid voltage changes", "Overvoltages", "Voltage dips", "Short interruptions" and "Interruptions". A deviation from the standard is
referred to as power system event or simply event.
Since voltage dips are the most frequent power system events (if we consider interruptions as a
special type of dips down to zero), it has become common practice to call this criterion voltage
dips even if it includes overvoltages.
The term voltage dips is also common for the raw data used for evaluation of the criterion, i.e.
the measuring results of the voltage dip recorder. From the method of their determination, it
would be more accurate to call them threshold values; this term will be used hereinafter.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

161

Definition
The first step in defining a power system event is to specify two limit values G4 and G5, which
characterize a normal state (the names G4 and G5 have been chosen because they are called
like this in SICARO PQ). As long as there is no violation of these limits, there is no power system
event. The range comprised between G4 and G5 is called normal range. A multi-phase circuit is
in the normal range as long as all its phases are in the normal range.
A network event occurs as soon as one phase leaves the normal range. If this happens with
more than one phase, it is a multi-phase event. The event ends when all phases have returned
to the normal range. An event is thus characterized by:
Moment of occurrence, i.e. event start
Location of occurrence (measuring point, i.e. delivery point, feeder or busbar)
Duration (from the moment at which one phase leaves the normal range to the moment when

all phases have returned to the normal range)

Level, i.e. the maximum deviation of the signal from the nominal value; downwards in the

case of voltage dips and interruptions, upwards in the case of overvoltages.

Number of affected phases, i.e. number of phases which have left the normal range during

the event.
There is a conflict of definition in events where phases leave the normal range both in the upward
and the downward direction. The standards do not specify whether this would be a voltage dip
or an overvoltage. The OSCOP/SICARO system prefers the deviation which occurs first, and
considers subsequent deviations to be caused by the first one. Nevertheless phases which deviate in the opposite sense of the classification are counted, i.e. an event in which there is a voltage
dip in two phases and an overvoltage in one phase is counted in any case as a three-phase
event, regardless of whether it is classified as a voltage dip or an overvoltage.
For the classification of events on the basis of their characteristics as described above, the additional limit values G1, G2, G6 and T1 are defined. Events during which the signals stay between
G2 and G6 are called rapid voltage changes. For rapid voltage changes it is irrelevant whether
they deviate upwards or downwards; they are simply counted. G1 marks the difference between
interruptions and voltage dips, T1 the difference between short interruptions and interruptions of
more than 1 minute.
The absolute limit value is specified in the relevant standards.

oscop136.gif

Figure 7-11 Limit values of voltage-related events

162

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Remarks:
1) An event in terms of power quality (PQ) standards is not the same as an event in terms of
power system analysis. Within one PQ event, multiple power system analysis events may have
occurred. On the other hand, PQ events occurring at several measuring points may be caused
by the same power system analysis event.
2) It should be noted that the characteristics of an event can often be misleading. For instance,
an event is defined over its entire duration as an interruption, even if the signal was zero only for
a fraction of the interval, and hardly deviated from the nominal value for the rest of the time. Although this is a drawback that falsifies the statistics, it is consciously accepted in the above standards. A a remedy, the so-called SARFI index has been introduced, which is becoming more and
more important especially in the United States. For this index, the analysis of the signal for
events is performed in several steps, with each step considering just one threshold. The thresholds analyzed are at 140%, 120%, 110%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 50% and 10%, with each threshold
yielding a list of events. It should be noted that an event at the 10% threshold is also recorded
as an event at the 50% threshold but may last longer at 50%. Due to the fact that events are
counted several times, there is no correlation between the total number of events and the number of disturbances in the power system. The number of events detected is divided into three
time classes (SIARFI: 0.5 cycles - 30 cycles, SMARFI: 30 cycles -3 cycles, STARFI: 3 seconds
- 1 minute). Moreover, each value is correlated with the number of customers affected. The
SARFI index is obtained by adding up these three indices.
Measuring method
For the evaluation of the voltage-related event characteristic, i.e. for locating power system
events, it is on one hand necessary to have data with a very fine resolution, because power system events may be present only for fractions of seconds, on the other hand the course of the
signal within the ranges defined by the limit values is not relevant. Therefore, mean values with
a fixed averaging time are not suitable. Fault records are not a good choice either for such evaluations, because it would be necessary to use very tight settings for the min/max triggers (+/5% for EN 5160), and to choose very long run times, which would produce an excessive amount
of data.
For an optimum localization of power system events on the basis of their characteristics, the socalled threshold values have been introduced. The measurement system records whether the
voltage r.m.s. value violates defined upper or lower thresholds. The user is free to choose these
thresholds, but if the results are intended for evaluation according to specific standards, the
thresholds chosen must be in accordance with the limit values described above. As long as the
r.m.s. value is situated between two thresholds, no new data is added.
The parameterized thresholds define ranges. The measurement system generates the voltage
r.m.s. value (for each phase) over one or half a cycle and checks in which range the value is
situated. If the value is in the same range as the last r.m.s. value, it can be discarded. A new
entry (threshold violation) is only added if the range has changed.
The entry contains the time of the violation, i.e. the time stamp of the value situated in the new
range. The value that caused the threshold violation is stored as well. It is needed to provide
information on the subsequent interval before the range changes again, since practice has
shown that once a signal has returned to the normal range it can stay there for a very long time
before the next change. In addition, information on the interval since the last violation is stored.
Since for the purpose of subsequent evaluation the maximum value is relevant for overvoltages,
and the minimum value for voltage dips, the minimum value of the preceding interval is stored
when the value changes upwards, and the maximum value when it changes downwards.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

163

oscop137.gif

Figure 7-12 Determination of threshold violations

This information is sufficient for an evaluation of voltage-related events in accordance with both
the EN standard and the IEC standards. It is also possible to determine the SARFI index on the
basis of this data, provided that the thresholds are chosen accordingly.
Figure 7-12 shows that the range transition cannot be precisely determined. This is because
r.m.s. values are determined over half or full cycles, i.e. transitions can only be detected at that
resolution. Normally, the recorders can be set to evaluation of either half or full cycles. If the signals can be expected to contain DC components, a calculation on the basis of full cycles is
recommended.

7.6.1.1 Implementation in the Siemens Quality Recorders

SIMEAS R with firmware version > 2300
In the SIMEAS R, the measurement of threshold values has been implemented exactly as
described above. Up to 15 thresholds can be set in the parameters. These thresholds can be
imported from SICARO PQ in order to ensure that they are set in accordance with the standard
that will be used later on for the PQ evaluation. They are entered in percentages of the nominal
value defined during the setting of the transformer ratio.
Thresholds can be set in increments of 5%. As an exception to this, a 1% threshold can be defined.
When interpreting the measured values in the SIMEAS R, it should be kept in mind that a threshold violation of one channel causes entries in the other channels as well. Formally, it stores the
extreme value recorded so far, and the instantaneous value.
These values are irrelevant for subsequent evaluations; they are filtered out because it is
obvious that they do not mark a change of range.

164

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Significance of nominal voltage

Over recent years, many transfer line have been operated at higher voltages than originally
planned. The example below (see figure 7-13) shows the data for a free-running line which was
designed for a nominal voltage of 380 kV but is operated at 400 kV.

VDIP_Pictures_de.tif

Figure 7-13 Example project

As SIMEAS R does not distinguish between the nominal voltage of the system and the nominal
values for the voltage transformer, the current nominal values for the primary and secondary voltages must be entered as parameters (nominal value of the operating voltage). The settings
depend on the type of connection (For the above example, see figure 7-14, figure 7-15 and figure
7-16).

oscop182.tif

Figure 7-14 Settings for star controller

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

165

oscop183.tif

Figure 7-15 Settings for triangular controller

oscop184.tif

Figure 7-16 Settings for monophase

Depending on whether the voltage inputs are connected as a star, triangle or monophase (figure
7-17), the following principle must be observed:

The phase-phase voltage is always given as the setting value; irrespective of whether the
device is connected in a star or a triangle. For monophase connections, the settings values
simply apply to the primary and secondary voltages.

166

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

For a star connection, the device only measures the phase earth voltages (UL1-E, UL2-E and
UL3-E).
The thresholds set for the voltage dips in % always relate to the nominal value of the voltage
measured, so in this case to the nominal value of the phase earth voltage.
Therefore, a threshold of 80 % means:
0, 8 [ 400 kV ( 3 ) ] = 184,75 kV

For a triangle connection, the device only measures the phase-phase voltage (UL12, UL23
and UL31; VCDAU2 in the example). The thresholds set for the voltage tips in % always
relate to the nominal value of the voltage measured, so in this case to the nominal value of
the phase-phase voltage. Therefore, a threshold of 80 % means:
0, 8 400 kV = 320 kV

oscop181.tif

Figure 7-17 Setting the connection type (example)

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

167

Implementation in the SIMEAS Q

The SIMEAS Q uses a simplified procedure which allows with certain restrictions an evaluation
according to the EN and IEC standards. A determination of the SARFI index, on the other hand,
is not possible.
Up to 5 thresholds can be set. They are input in absolute units, i.e. in V or in kV. The corresponding measurand in the SIMEAS Q that can be used for this is named there Recording in event
of faults.

oscop139.gif

Figure 7-18 Parameterization of thresholds in the SIMEAS Q

In case of a change of range, SIMEAS Q stores only one value, the mean value since the last
change. Assuming that the signal curve of the voltage r.m.s. value is roughly rectangular (i.e. the
signal changes from the normal range to a certain level, stays on that level and then returns to
the normal range, as it usually does), the mean value can be assumed to be an approximation
of the extreme value. This is not true, however, for flat edges, i.e. for signals that rise or drop
slowly, nor in cases where the signal passes through multiple levels; this means that it is not possible to determine the real level of a voltage dip or an overvoltage.
The r.m.s. value that causes the change of range is not stored either, nor are the power on and
power off IDs. It is therefore not possible to see whether in the meantime the measurement was
interrupted in the device.
Summing up, the following restrictions apply for the localization of events:
The level of overvoltages or voltage dips cannot be precisely determined.
Measurement interruptions are not detected and therefore not recorded.
After the last change of range, the evaluation does not know which range the signal is in, and

either has to wait until the next change of range, or assume that the signal is in the normal
range (which is very likely and is, in fact, common practice).

168

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

OSCILLOSTORE P531 and SIMEAS R with firmware version <2300

The evaluation of voltage-specific events in classic fault recorders is possible on the basis of the
fault records. The relatively high data volumes are acceptable if the fault records are needed in
any case for power system analysis. During the evaluation, the r.m.s. value curve is determined
in the cycle intervals used for the fault records. The thresholds are then examined on the PC.
The intervals between the fault records are undefined. On a heuristic basis, it is assumed that
during these intervals the signal is in the normal range (otherwise there would be a fault record).
This method has the following limitations:
1) One must either choose very tight settings for the min/max triggers of the devices (+/- 5%), or
do without recording of rapid voltage changes, in which case +/-10% is sufficient.
2) As the run times of the fault records can be shorter than the events, the duration cannot always
be precisely determined.
3) If you delete fault records from the database (e.g. to save on disk capacity), events will be no
longer available for the next analysis.
4) You must either set the fault recorders to measure phase-to-phase voltages (which is unusual
in fault recording), or perform the PQ evaluations on the basis of the wye voltages.
5) Measurement interruptions are not detected and therefore not recorded.

7.6.1.2 Data Management in OSCOP

Data transfer from the devices
The data used for the evaluation of the voltage-related events are called in OSCOP voltage
dips. They are treated like mean values both in manual and in automatic mode.
In manual data transfer from the SIMEAS R, you select Mean values. You will then see a contents list for the various mean values and for the voltage dips. The contents list of a recorder consists of a start time and an end time. Between these times there may be any number of recording
gaps of the device, so that the contents list provides no conclusive information on the data
volume to be expected.

oscop140.tif

Figure 7-19 Manual data transfer from the SIMEAS R

Voltage dips do not allow any conclusions as to the data volume, since the values are not based

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

169

on a fixed averaging time. The contents list on the device shows only the time of the first and of
the last value.
On transferring a selected partial range of the interval offered in the contents list, all values in
that partial range are transferred from the device. In addition, the device supplies for all channels
the last value before the interval and the first value after it. If only the values in the selected interval were transferred, the information on the interval limits would be incomplete; for instance, the
extreme value between the last value in the interval and the interval limit would not be known.
This is why the interval stored in the database after the transfer of the voltage dips will always
be slightly greater than specified for the transfer, unless you choose exactly the interval which
the device offers as the contents list.
Manual transfer from the SIMEAS Q works for voltage dips in the same way as manual transfer
from the SIMEAS R. Please note that data is not retrieved directly from the device but from the
SICARO Q Manager. Therefore the data must have been already transferred from the devices
to the SICARO Q Manager.
For automatic mode, the voltage dips are set together with the mean values in the System control dialog box on the Mean values tab.

oscop141.gif

Figure 7-20 Setting of voltage dips in automatic mode

Storage of the voltage dips

Mean values are stored in OSCOP as records with a start time. The start time and the recording
length depend on how the user has transferred the values from the device. Each transfer of
mean values from a specific recorder creates a record in the database. In manual mode, the user
can specify any, even overlapping intervals. In this case values can be stored more than once
(in different records). In automatic mode, values are retrieved in intervals that do not overlap, and
the sum of which is the time range during which the automatic mode is active. The durations and
start times of the intervals are set by the user in the System control dialog box (see figure 7-20).
In the case of voltage dips, this method would not make sense since usually there are very few
values in one interval. Since the device always delivers values before and after the interval,
these values might be contained in multiple records. Therefore, the values retrieved from the
devices are collected and are not shown as records. The data can be evaluated with the menu
item File Edit continuous data in the Transfer module. You can there select a device or a
substation, as well as a time range in which you want to have the data displayed.

170

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

oscop142.gif

Figure 7-21 Evaluation of voltage dips

As with mean values, you can retrieve from the SIMEAS R overlapping time ranges. You can,
for instance, transfer from the device an interval that is already contained in the database. In this
case, OSCOP must mix the data already stored and the newly transferred data.
Mixing this data is not a trivial task, since it is theoretically possible to first retrieve data from a
device, then change the device address and store the data of a completely different device to
the same (logical) device. Although this is not recommended and would not make sense,
OSCOP must be able to handle even such a case.
When data is mixed, newly transferred data is generally preferred to the data already stored. All
stored data in the transferred interval is discarded. For the edges, it must be kept in mind that an
entry in a voltage dip recorder always describes a state that is valid since the previous entry.
Therefore, the start and end values must already be contained in the stored data to ensure that
after mixing the data flow does not have gaps.
Figure 7-22 shows a case in which the start value of the transferred interval was situated within
the interval of stored values but did not exist as a value. This means that the transferred data
must have come from a different device, or that the device clock has been manipulated. Therefore no start value preceding the start value of the transferred data can be identified, so that there
will be a gap.

oscop143.gif

Figure 7-22 Mixing stored and transferred voltage dips

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

171

Remark:
One general problem with voltage dips is that the device does not supply any values when there
are no threshold violations. The current state in the device can only be determined on the basis
of the last value supplied. After storing the data, you can no longer see when data was retrieved
from the device the last time. For instance, if a voltage dip with return to the normal range occurs
at 5:00 p.m., this will be the last value shown, regardless of whether the data is retrieved at 5:15
p.m. or 11.00 p.m. At 11:00 p.m. it can be assumed, however, that no more threshold violations
have occurred since. In order to preserve the information on when values were retrieved from
the device the last time, OSCOP generates an end value which contains the time of the data
retrieval. In our example this would be 11:00 p.m. The extreme value would be the r.m.s. value
of the return to the normal range (at 5:00 p.m.). Although this is not necessarily the real extreme
value, it is situated in the same range as the extreme value. An evaluation of the voltage-related
events is thus possible. As soon as new values are received from the device, this end value
generated by OSCOP is cleared and replaced by values from the device.
Deleting voltage dips
As voltage dips are not stored as records, you cannot delete the data in the recording list (Transfer module, menu item File Edit events). Therefore a different dialog is provided in OSCOP
to delete voltage dips.
Values can be deleted in the Transfer module with the menu item File Edit voltage dips.
The user can delete values only up to a certain point in time. Values at the end or in the middle
of the stored interval cannot be deleted.
As with data transfer, the margin values must be preserved. If data is deleted up to a certain point
in time, the last value before it is preserved. When you look at the contents list after deleting
values, the start value shown is normally not exactly the time of deletion.
The dialog shows the number of values stored for the selected device. This is to give you an idea
of the data volume to be expected, since the interval length alone does not provide any information on this. A single, non-compressed value in SIMEAS R has 16 bytes, in the SIMEAS Q it has
12 bytes. However, the data in the database is compressed.

oscop144.gif

Figure 7-23 Deleting voltage dips

172

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.6.1.3 Data Evaluation in OSCOP P

In the Evaluate module
Voltage dips can be selected in OSCOP either in the Evaluate mean values from database
(see figure 7-21) or in the Edit voltage dips dialog box (see figure 7-23). The Evaluate module
also provides the possibility to select voltage dips from the menu.

oscop145.gif

Figure 7-24 Evaluation of voltage dips in the Evaluate module

If a large time range is selected, the events are usually just vertical lines. Please note that the
duration of a voltage dip is usually in the order of seconds and therefore shrinks to a dot on the
time axis if the time range considered is one day.

oscop146.tif

Figure 7-25 Display of voltage dips over a large time range

For the evaluation of data, it is recommended to use a zoom factor. As the maximum zoom factor
available in the Evaluate module is 41, a finer time resolution should be set using the menu item
Settings Time range.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

173

oscop147.tif

Figure 7-26 Voltage dip with subsequent overvoltage

figure 7-26 shows a voltage dip with subsequent overvoltage. The recording was produced with
a SIMEAS R. For each threshold violation, one extreme value and one instantaneous value is
supplied. The extreme value is represented by a staircase curve. The instantaneous values
(values on entering the new range) appear as circles.
The instantaneous values are usually situated on the extreme value curve. There are, however,
exceptions:
1) at the margins (start and end values)
2) if the value is not a genuine threshold violation but was only recorded because a violation was
recorded in another channel (see SIMEAS R with firmware version > 2300).
3) in ranges that are only passed through, i.e. ranges which the signal enters from below and
exits at the top, or vice versa. In these cases the value on entering might be higher than the minimum in the interval.
Evaluation with SICARO PQ
In OSCOP, the raw data for the voltage dips is recorded channel by channel and can be evaluated in this way. There is no cross-channel evaluation. Since the standards specify that voltagerelated events are counted not per channel, i.e. per phase, but per feeder, the results must be
concentrated. If, for instance, a voltage dip occurs on two channels simultaneously, this is counted as a two-phase voltage dip.

Note
If you do not select the busbar but the feeder as a power-infeed point, you can accelerate the
diagnosis for the electrical power system quality (PQ report by SICARO PQ).

174

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A cross-channel evaluation is performed in SICARO PQ. The module assumes for this the following rules:
1) An event has occurred if, from a state in which all phases are in the normal range, at least one
phase leaves the normal range. The moment at which the first phase leaves the normal range is
referred to as the start of the event.
2) The event ends when all phases have returned to the normal range. The time difference between the start and the end of the event is the duration of the event.
3) Invalid ranges, i.e. ranges for which no measurements are available, are treated like the normal range.
4) Rapid voltage changes have a special status. Ranges bordering on overvoltages or voltage
dips are treated as the normal range (see figure 7-27).
5) An event is a rapid voltage change if the phase does not leave the rapid voltage change range
nor the normal range. Otherwise, the direction in which it leaves these ranges decides whether
it is an overvoltage or a voltage dip.
6) The level of a voltage dip/overvoltage is the lowest/highest assumed value of a phase in the
course of an event.
7) The number of affected phases is for rapid voltage changes the number of phases which leave
the normal range in the course of the event. For all other events, it is the number of phases which
leave the rapid voltage changes range and the normal range.

oscop148.gif

Figure 7-27 Definition of rapid voltage changes

The events registered are stored by SICARO PQ in the report. SICARO PQ shows a statistic of

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

175

the events in the overview page.

Table 7-28

Statistic of events in SICARO PQ

Result Type

Number
1-phase

2-phase

3-phase

Overvoltages

Voltage dips

Short interruptions

Interruptions

Rapid voltage changes

In addition to the statistic on the overview page, the user can include in the report two types of
diagrams which visualize the events (see Figure 7-29 and Figure 7-30).
The CBEMA (Computer and Business Equipment Manufacturers' Association) diagram represents the events as dots in a plane. The X axis is the duration of the event, with a logarithmic
scale, the Y axis is the level of the event. The diagram shows two curves for the events. They
are hyperbolae whose asymptotes converge to zero in the time direction and to 100 in the value
direction. These curves delimit a range. All events which are situated outside this range are
expensive events, i.e. events which have probably cause material damage (data loss, production loss ...). Events inside this range are unlikely to have cause major damage.
The curves have been determined heuristically by the CBEMA organization. They are mainly
based on considerations as to which type of power system event would lead to a system crash
in a PC.
See also on this subject http://www.powerstandards.com/CBEMA.htm.

176

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

oscop150.gif

Figure 7-29 SICARO PQ Discrete frequency diagram

oscop151.gif

Figure 7-30 SICARO PQ CBEMA diagram

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

177

7.6.2

Information on Flicker Measurement

Definition
Flicker is a subjective impression of luminance variations, i.e. changes of brightness, which are
caused by fluctuations of the voltage r.m.s. value over time. Flicker phenomena in voltage networks are caused by certain industrial loads (electric arc furnaces, welding machines) that cause
a feedback in the power system. Flicker frequencies are those frequencies that can be perceived
by the human eye (< 25Hz). The flicker value depends of the flicker frequencies and on the level
of the relative voltage variations.

7.6.2.1 Short-Term Flicker

Determination of the short-term flicker level according to EN 61000-4-15 (Issue 1998)
The flickermeter algorithm is divided into 5 blocks. Within the first 4 blocks, the scanned input
voltage is filtered and then subjected to a statistic evaluation in block 5. The flicker severity determined in this way over a monitoring time Tst is referred to as the short-term flicker severity Pst ; it
is derived from the summated frequency curve of the sojourn time, which is formed in the level
classifier in block 5 of the flickermeter. The following equation is used for this:
P st =

0, 0314 P 0, 1 + 0, 0525 P 1s + 0, 0657 P 3s + 0, 28 P 10s + 0, 08 P 50s

with the smoothed quantiles P0.1, P1S, P3S, P10S and P50S being the flicker levels which are exceeded during 0.1%, 1%, 3%, 10% and 50% of the monitoring time. This procedure is adapted for
50 and 60 Hz, with 60 Hz requiring a modification of the filter coefficients.

1TagPST.gif

Figure 7-31 Examples for the representation of short-term flicker (over 1 day)

178

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10TagePST.gif

Figure 7-32 Examples for the representation of short-term flicker (over 10 days)

7.6.2.2 Long-Term Flicker

Determination of the long-term flicker severity according to EN 61000-4-15
The short-term flicker severity determined for an observation time of 10 min (Tshort) is suitable
for assessing the disturbing effects of individual loads with short operating cycles. For the
assessment of the cumulative disturbing effect of multiple disturbing loads with random operating behaviour (e.g. welding machines, motors), or for the assessment of flicker sources with long
and variable operating cycles (e.g. electric arc furnaces), a criterion is needed for determining
the long-term flicker severity Plt from the short-term flicker values Pst as shown in the equation
below. The equation assumes a monitoring time which corresponds to the operating cycle of the
load, or to the period (Tlong) within which an observer can be expected to respond to flicker
effects. This may be, for instance, a few hours.

P lt =

n
3
( 1 n ) P st, i

i = 1

Pst,i (i = 1,2,3,...) are the consecutive values of the short-term flicker measurement Pst.
Tlong = n Tshort Tlong = 2 h 7 days, with Tshort = 10 min

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

179

1TagPLT.gif

Figure 7-33 Examples for the representation of long-term flicker (over 1 day)

10TagePLT.gif

Figure 7-34 Examples for the representation of long-term flicker (over 10 days)

180

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.7

Interfaces

The digital recorder SIMEAS R has the following communication interfaces:

Data Interface
PCMCIA interface
Service interface

7.7.1

Data Interface
The 9-pin serial data interface located at the rear of your SIMEAS R can be used for a direct connection, a modem connection, PADs or ISDN terminal adapters.

Select in System control, Interfaces the Data interface tab.

oscop47.gif

Figure 7-35 Interfaces, Data interface

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

181

Select from the drop-down list of the Baud rate text box the data transmission rate.
Note
Make sure to set the same transmission rate in the SIMEAS R and the PC or
DAKON!

For modem transfer (dial-up modem or X25), enter the Telephone number.
In the case of star couplers, enter the star coupler address.

Select from the drop-down list of the Mode of connection text box the type of modem used.
Enter in the Modem manufacturer/model text box a comment on the modem.
Enter under Waiting time after disconnecting (ms) the time that SIMEAS R will allow to
elapse after disconnecting the modem before using the interface again. This ensures that
also slower modems have enough time to disconnect. Default setting: 1000 ms

If necessary, modify the INIT string to match your modem. Depending on the selected
modem, this string is displayed or not.
Default setting: ATQ0V1E0X0S0=1^M.
Note
For dial-up modems, you should always enter an INIT string.

Enter in the Command suffix box the suffix to complement an at or V25bis command.
Enter the Dialing prefix.
If a modem is used, enter in the Messages group box message texts consisting of 120 characters max. for the states Connect, Busy, No dial tone and Disconnect. These texts will
be output when the associated state occurs.

182

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.7.2

PCMCIA Interface
The PCMCIA interface is located at the rear of the SIMEAS R on the right-hand PCMCIA card.
The PCMCIA interface can be equipped either with a V.24 interface, an analog modem, an ISDN
modem, or a network interface card.

Select under System control, Interfaces the PCMCIA interface tab.

oscop48.gif

Figure 7-36 Interfaces, PCMCIA interface tab

Select from the drop-down list under Type of interface the type of PCMCIA card installed.
The other input boxes will be enabled depending on the selection you make here. Enter the
parameters.
For more details see section 7.7.1, Data Interface.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

183

7.7.3

Service Interface
The 9-pin service interface is located at the front of the SIMEAS R. This interface cannot be
parameterized.
The transmission parameters for this interface are fixed, and are displayed on the Service interface only for information purposes.

oscop49.GIF

Figure 7-37 Interfaces, Service interface tab

184

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.8

LED Indications

The SIMEAS R generates 19 different indications during operation, which are signaled using 16
LEDs. The indications can be ORed in groups of five, and freely assigned to the LEDs.

Select in System control, LEDs/Relays the LED tab.

oscop50.gif

Figure 7-38 LEDs

Check the checkbox of the individual indications and select from the drop-down list the LED
to which you want to allocate the indication or the result of the logic operation.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

185

7.9

Output of Indications by Relay

The digital recorder SIMEAS R allow you to combine indications by OR in groups of five, and to
allocate them to the relays 2, 3 or 4. The relays are Normally Open. Relay 1 is permanently linked
to the watchdog monitoring of the SIMEAS R.

Select in System control, LEDs/Relays the Relay tab.

oscop51.gif

Figure 7-39 Relay tab

Check the checkbox of the individual indications and select from the drop-down list next to
Indicator the relay to which you want to allocate the indication or the result of the logic operation.

186

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.10

Group Alarms

On the Group alarm tab, you select 5 indications which will be combined in a group alarm.

Select in System control, LEDs/Relays the Group alarm tab.

oscop52.gif

Figure 7-40 Group alarm tab

Click the checkboxes of the indications that you want to combine into a group alarm.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

187

7.11

Slot Description

Your SIMEAS R can be equipped with up to four DAUs. The menu item Description is used to
parameterize the channel assignment of the individual slots.

oscop54.gif

Figure 7-41 Slot description

Select the Basis for computation of the reactive power/power factor by clicking the appropriate checkbox.

Click on a Slot and select one by one the following tabs to enter the detailed parameter settings:
Binary channel
Analogic channels
Power / Frequency
Positive/negative sequence
DC channels (only for DDAUs)

188

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.11.1

Binary Channels
The Binary channel tab is available for all DAU types. It is used to parameterize operational
data and to set the mode of representation of values in OSCOP P.

oscop55.gif

Figure 7-42 Binary channel tab

Select from the drop-down list next to Channel a channel of the DAU. VDAUs, VCDAUs,
CDAUs and DDAU are equipped with 16, BDAUs with 32 binary channels.

Enter in the Channel description box a name with up to 16 characters for the channel, and
in the Abbreviation box an abbreviation with up to 8 characters for the channel name. This
information is needed for display of the channels by the OSCOP P module Evaluate.

Select in the Color box one of the 17 colors available for display of the values by the
OSCOP P module Evaluate.

Check the checkbox Display in OSCOP to have the values of the channels displayed by the
OSCOP P module Evaluate.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

189

7.11.2

Analog Channels
The Analogic channels tab is available for VDAUs, CDAUs and VCDAUs. It is used to parameterize operational data and to set the mode of representation of values in OSCOP P.

oscop56.gif

Figure 7-43 Analogic channels tab

Depending on the DAU type, you can parameterize the following channels:
VDAU

Voltages V1 to V8

VCDAU

Voltages V1 to V4 and currents I1 to I4

CDAU

Currents I1 to I8

Select from the drop-down list next to Channel one of the 8 channels.
Enter the Channel description, Abbreviation and Color.
Select for the VDAUs and VCDAUs the Matching transducer core of the measured signal
voltage.

Enter in Nominal primary value and Nominal secondary value the transformation ratio of
the transducer, and select the appropriate primary-side dimension from the drop-down list.
Zeros after the dot are to be understood as digits after the point.

The following reference values apply if the measuring signals are connected:

190

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Star
Nominal values as phase-to-earth values
Delta
Nominal values as phase-to-phase values
Single-phase
Nominal values as phase values

Note
On the basis of the nominal values, OSCOP P calculates the standard trigger
values (nominal value 20%) and stores them for each channel of the analog
fault recorders (see section 7.12.1).

Select by clicking the appropriate radio button whether the channel values will be displayed
by the OSCOP P module Evaluate or not.

The clarity of curves showing low measured values can be improved by applying a gain factor
that acts like a zoom in y direction.
The value for this factor is entered in Gain.
Default setting: 1, i.e. no gain.
Zeros after the dot are to be understood as digits after the point.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

191

7.11.3

Power/Frequency
The Power/Frequency tab is available for VCDAUs, coupled CDAUs and - with restrictions - for
VDAUs. It is used to parameterize operational data and to set the mode of representation of
values in OSCOP P.

oscop57.gif

Figure 7-44 Power/frequency tab

Depending on the DAU type, you can parameterize the following channels:

VDAU
FREQ1
FREQ2

The frequency input is elected as follows:

An input having a sufficiently high signal level is selected automatically. The search always
starts with the first input since the first three usually carry line-to-ground voltages. This means
that if V1 fails, the frequency is taken from V2 and so on.

VCDAU (only for star and single-phase connection)

Active powers P1 to P4
Reactive powers Q1 to Q4
Power factors cos phi1 to cos phi4

The powers and power factors are calculated from the respective current/voltage pairs U1/I1 to
U4/I4.

192

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

For measurement of the phase-to-phase voltages (connection mode = delta), the following channels are available:
PSUM Total active power
QSUM Total reactive power
cos phi SUM Total power factor
FREQ Frequency

Select from the drop-down list next to Channel one of the 8 virtual channels (calculated
values).

Enter the Channel description, Abbreviation and Color.

Select by clicking the appropriate radio button whether the channel values will be displayed
by the OSCOP P module Evaluate or not.

Select in Display range min and Display range max which lowest and highest measured
values respectively will be displayed in the OSCOP P module Evaluate.
Zeros after the dot are to be understood as digits after the point.

For evaluation of the measured values in the OSCOP P module Evaluate, select in the Time
axis position box the value for the zero crossing. Negative values are allowed.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

193

7.11.4

Positive/Negative Sequence
The Positive/negative sequence tab is available for VDAUs, VCDAUs and CDAUs. It is used
to parameterize operational data and to set the mode of representation of values in OSCOP P.

oscop58.gif

Figure 7-45 Positive/negative sequence tab

Select from the drop-down list next to Channel one of the virtual channels (calculated
values).
You can choose between the positive sequence systems MS1/MS2 and the negative
sequence systems GS1/GS2.

Enter the Channel description, Abbreviation and Color.

Select by clicking the appropriate radio button whether the channel values will be displayed
by the OSCOP P module Evaluate or not.

194

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.11.5

DC Channels
The DC channels tab is only available for DDAUs. It is used to parameterize operational data
and to set the mode of representation of values in OSCOP P.

oscop59.gif

Figure 7-46 DC channels tab

The Scan. freq. box shows the frequency at which the channels are scanned. If the SIMEAS R
is equipped with DDAUs only, 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz or 10 kHz can be set as scanning frequency.
If it is also equipped with other than DDAU modules, the scanning frequency is fixed at 10 kHz.

Select from the drop-down list next to Channel one of the analog channels DC1 to DC8.
Enter the Channel description, Abbreviation and Color.
In the Measurement values group box, select from the drop-down list next to Meas. input
the secondary-side signal value that will be applied to the input terminals of the DDAU.
Enter in min. and max. the minimum and maximum secondary signal value.

In the Process values group box, select from the drop-down list next to Dim. the dimension
of the measured value that will be output in the OSCOP P module Evaluate as the label of
the y axis, or enter manually a unit with up to six characters.
Enter in min. and max. boxes the minimum and maximum of the converted process value.

Select by clicking the appropriate radio button whether the channel values will be displayed
by the OSCOP P module Evaluate or not.

Enter in the x axis box the process value at which the time axis will appear in the OSCOP P
module Evaluate.

The clarity of curves showing low measured values can be improved by applying a gain factor
acting like a zoom in y direction.
The value for this factor is entered in Gain factor. The default setting is 1, i.e. no gain.
Zeros after the dot are to be understood as digits after the point.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

195

Conversion
DC channels differentiate between the values measured by the device and the values displayed.
The measured values are always a current or a voltage, depending on the measuring input
(secondary-side signal value). The values displayed are converted values, so-called process
values or primary-side signal values.
The values are converted by linear reproduction. The minimum and maximum settings of the signal and process values define not only the conversion factor but also the display range in the
OSCOP P module Evaluate.
From the settings for Measured values X min., Measured values X max.,
Process values Y min., Process values Y max., a line equation is determined.

196

= Scale X + Offset

Scale

= (Ymax - Ymin) / (Xmax - Xmin)

Offset

= Ymax - (Scale Xmax)

Measured signal value

Calculated process value

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.12

Analog Fault Recorders

To enter the triggering conditions and the run times for the fault records of the analog SIMEAS R
fault recorders, proceed as follows:
Time settings

First of all, select in System control, Analogic fault recorder the

Time settings tab to parameterize the run times.

oscop60.gif

Figure 7-47 Analogic fault recorder, time settings

Note
A correct time value must appear in each text box.
If you enter 0, it will be automatically reset to 1.

Note
The check for trigger violation is always performed per cycle of the power system,
e. g. for 50 Hz every 20 ms.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

197

Select from the drop-down list next to Timebase the dimension of the run times that you are
going to set.
The maximum recording time depends both on the time settings and on the space reserved
on the SIMEAS R hard disk (see section 7.6).
In order to facilitate a clear overview, all times are displayed in the same dimension. When
you change the unit of time, all times will be readjusted.

Enter in the Manual trigger text box the record length for MANUALLY triggered events
(100 ms is a proven value).

Enter in the Logical trigger text box the record length for events which are generated by the
trigger criterion LOGICAL, and in the Time frame for logical trigger box the interval during
which the conditions of the logical operations must be fulfilled.

Enter in Prefault time the record length for the events preceding the fault (100 ms is a proven
value).
If you use the network trigger function, the delays that can be caused by transmission on the
LAN or by processing times make it necessary to set a prefault time between 300 ms and
500 ms.

Specify in Min and Max the minimum duration of a record.

In case of a trigger violation, he system cyclically checks whether the violation is still present.
If this is no longer the case, the recording is stopped after expiration of Min, but at the latest
after expiration of Max (proven values are 200 ms for Min and 800 ms for Max).

If for a binary channel the run time has been set to Time edge, enter under Postfault time
edge the associated run time, which will be only effective for this trigger condition (800 ms is
a proven value).

Enter in Inhibit time for binary inputs the inhibit time for inputs through binary channels.
During this period no trigger condition is recognized for this channel.

Enter in Inhibit time for analogic the inhibit time for analog channels, or for the channels of
all DDAUs. During this period no trigger condition is recognized for this channel.

Select from the drop-down list next to Time frame for DC average value the time frame for
the formation of the DC average value.
For hints on calculating this value, please refer to section 7.12.5.

198

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.12.1

Analog Triggers
Sources of analog triggers can be all measuring inputs of the CDAUs VDAUs and VCDAUs.

oscop61.gif

Figure 7-48 Analog fault recorder, Analogic trigger tab

Select the Channel from the drop-down list.

The lines Channel description and Abbreviation show the channel name that you have previously parameterized (see section 7.11.2)

Activate the trigger function of the channel by checking the Trigger active checkbox.
Activate or deactivate the Inhibit time by clicking the appropriate radio button (see
section 7.12 Time settings).

Enter in Trigger Max and Trigger Min respectively the primary values which are to generate
a limit violation with Max of Min as the cause.
The RMS value of a half-wave is compared to the set limit value. As soon as the actual RMS
value exceeds the limit value, there will be a triggering. (Proven value: VNRMS or INRMS * 1.2
for Max, VNRMS or INRMS * 0.8 for Min).

Specify in dM/dt rise or dM/dt drop the value dM (delta of nominal value) for the delta trigger. The timebase dt is permanently set to the line period and cannot be modified. As soon
as the actual RMS value exceeds the dM rise or the dM drop limit value, there will be the
corresponding dM triggering. For the positive sequence and negative sequence channels,
there is no delta trigger.
(Proven value: VNRMS or INRMS * 0.2).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

199

7.12.2

Binary Triggers
Sources of binary triggers can be all binary inputs of CDAUs, VDAUs,
VCDAUs, DDAUs and BDAUs.

oscop62.gif

Figure 7-49 Analog fault recorder, Binary trigger tab

Select the Channel from the drop-down list.

The lines Channel description and Abbreviation show the channel name that you have previously parameterized (see section 7.11.1).

Activate the trigger function of the channel by checking the Trigger active checkbox.
Activate or deactivate the Inhibit time by clicking the appropriate radio button (see
section 7.12 Time settings).

Select normally open or normally closed for the relay contact.

Select from the drop-down list next to Run time control whether triggering is to occur after
expiration of the minimum run times Min and Max (periods following tmin tmax), or after
expiry of the time edge (Postfault time edge).
Note
If a Postfault time edge, is set, either change from LOW to HIGH or change from
HIGH to LOW can lead to triggering on the binary channel.

Select from the drop-down list next to Trigger type the event that will cause a trigger, e. g.
change from LOW to HIGH.

200

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.12.3

External Triggers in an Network

On the External/network tab you specify the behavior of the SIMEAS R analog fault recorder
on a network. A prerequisite for this is that the SIMEAS R is equipped with a PCMCIA network
card.
The External/network tab is only displayed if you have previously selected in
Interfaces PCMCIA interface the interface type Network.

image99.gif

Figure 7-50 Analogic fault recorder, External/network tab

Select by checking the appropriate checkbox(es) whether the analog fault recorder is to trigger a collective network start through the LAN, or whether the recorder itself is to trigger when
a network trigger is received through the LAN, or both.
This function allows you to include individual SIMEAS R devices in a collective network start.
As the cause of the event, Network is entered to prevent a second collective network start.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

201

7.12.4

Trigger Pattern
SIMEAS R allows you to combine up to eight channel-related trigger criteria by a logical AND
into a logical trigger, or pattern.
If a channel is used in a pattern, it can no longer be used as an independent trigger.
You can define a total of eight such patterns.

oscop63.gif

Figure 7-51 Analog fault recorder, Pattern tab

Select from the drop-down list next to Pattern one of the eight possible patterns.
Enter in the Channel description box a name with up to 20 characters for the pattern, and
in the Abbreviation box an abbreviation with up to 8 characters for the pattern name.

Select by checking the checkbox whether the Pattern will be active.

To enter the conditions of the logical operation, click the individual boxes of the Slot/measurement value/limit value violation group box and select the relevant channels in the nested dialog box that appears.

Note
In the firmware versions 1.2.x.y, the trigger time will be shifted by about 50 ms.

202

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

7.12.5

DC Triggers
All measuring inputs of the DDAUs can be used as DC triggers.

oscop64.gif

Figure 7-52 Analogic fault recorder, DC trigger tab

Select the Channel from the drop-down list.

The lines Channel description and Abbreviation show the channel name that you have previously parameterized (see section 7.11.5).

Activate the trigger function of the channel by checking the Trigger active checkbox.
Activate or deactivate the Inhibit time by clicking the appropriate radio button (see
section 7.12 Time settings).

Enter in Max. and Min. respectively the limit values at which a limit value violation with the
cause Max. or Min. will be generated.

Enter the gradient values in the Gradient rise and Gradient drop boxes respectively.
OSCOP P compares two mean values which are delayed by the filter time. If the difference
between the two mean values is bigger (or smaller) than the set gradient, there will be a triggering. The mean values are generated on the basis of the Filter time (see section 7.12 Time
settings).

Select from the drop-down list next to Filter time (gradient trigger) the filter time intervals
for generation of the mean values.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

203

7.13

Harmonics

In the Harmonics dialog box you specify the harmonics to be recorded and the method used to
determine the distortion factor.

oscop67.gif

Figure 7-53 Harmonics

Note
You need this dialog box only to parameterize the harmonics mean value recorder. Depending on the mean period, up to 50 harmonics can be selected for
recording. With a mean period of < 10 s, up to 5 harmonics are possible, with
10 s up to 50 harmonics.

204

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Adding harmonics

Select the relevant harmonics from the list under Harmonics.

Click the Add button to transfer them to the Selected harmonics list.
Click the Insert all button to transfer the maximum number of harmonics to the list of Selected harmonics.
Removing harmonics

Highlight in the Selected harmonics list the harmonics that you do not want to record.
Click the Remove button to shift them back to the Harmonics list.
Click the Remove all button to shift all harmonics back to the Harmonics list.
Distortion factor
Select from the drop-down list of the Distortion factor list whether you want a weighted or an
unweighted recording.
The option Weighted leads to a calculation of the harmonic content plus the fundamental frequency referred to the fundamental frequency.
Unweighted leads to a calculation of the harmonic content referred to the fundamental frequency.
The distortion factor indicates the degree of interference in the voltage system induced by radiofrequency, superimposed oscillations.
Note
For evaluations with SICARO PQ the 1st harmonic (fundamental wave) must be
measured, since the relevant standard specifies that it is necessary to consider
the quotient of the harmonics and the fundamental wave.
Where the 1st harmonic (fundamental wave) is missing, SICARO PQ cannot evaluate the harmonics.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

205

7.14

Power/Frequency Recorder

The power/frequency recorder works like a mean value recorder, with the option of settable trigger criteria. You can use as trigger sources s all power and frequency channels of the VCDAUs,
VDAUs and of the voltage-related CDAUs.
To enter the triggering conditions and the run times for the fault records of the SIMEAS R power/
frequency recorders, proceed as follows:
Time settings

First of all, select in System control, Power/frequency recorder the Time settings tab to
parameterize the run times.

oscop65.gif

Figure 7-54 Power/frequency recorder, time settings

Note
A correct time value must appear in each input box.
When you enter 0, it will be automatically reset to 1.

206

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Select from the drop-down list next to Timebase the dimension of the run times that you are
going to set.
The maximum recording time depends both on the time settings and on the space reserved
on the SIMEAS R hard disk (see section 7.6).
In order to facilitate a clear overview, all times are displayed in the same dimension. When
you change the unit of time, all times will be readjusted.

Enter in the Prefault time text box the number of averaging periods that will constitute the
length of the prefault recording, e.g. three averaging periods.

Enter in Min. and Max. the duration of the minimum run time of a recording.
In case of a trigger violation, the system cyclically checks whether the violation is still present.
If this is no longer the case, the recording is stopped after expiration of the Min. postfault
time, at the latest after expiration of the Max. postfault time.

Enter in the Averaging time the period for the formation of a mean value. The period specified here refers to the power frequency cycles. For instance, with a power system frequency
of 50 Hz and an averaging time of two cycles, a mean value is stored every 40 ms. The number of cycles must be specified in integers.

Enter in Inhibit time P, Q, cos phi the inhibit time for all power channels of the SIMEAS R.
During this period no trigger condition is recognized for this channel. It can be activated or
deactivated for each channel.

Enter in Inhibit time f the inhibit time for all frequency channels of the SIMEAS R. During this
period no trigger condition is recognized. It can be activated or deactivated for each channel.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

207

7.14.1

Analog Triggers
Power channels are virtual channels, i.e. their values are calculated from the measured values
of the V/I channels of VDAUs, CDAUs and VCDAUs in your SIMEAS R.
Note
Calculation of the power from the measured values of the VDAUs and CDAUs is
implemented in firmware version 2.** and higher of the SIMEAS R.
The frequency channels are virtual channels as well, and they are calculated from the measured values of the V1 or V5 channels of a VDAU, or from the measured values of the V1 channel
of a VCDAU.
Both types of channels can supply the triggering condition for fault records.

oscop66.gif

Figure 7-55 Power/frequency recorder, Analogic trigger tab

Select the Channel from the drop-down list.

The lines Channel description and Abbreviation show the channel name that you have previously parameterized (see section 7.11.3).

Activate the trigger function of the channel by checking the Trigger active checkbox.
Activate or deactivate the Inhibit time by clicking the appropriate radio button (see
section 7.14 Time settings).

Enter in Trigger Max and Trigger Min respectively the limit values which are to generate a
limit violation with Max of Min as the cause.

Enter the gradient values in the Gradient rise and Gradient drop boxes respectively.
OSCOP P compares two mean values which are delayed by the filter time. If the difference
between the two mean values is bigger (or smaller) than the set gradient, there will be a triggering. The mean values are generated on the basis of the filter time (see section 7.14 Time
settings).

208

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Select from the drop-down list next to Filter time (gradient trigger) the filter time intervals
for generation of the mean values.

If you have selected cos phi as the channel and want to set a narrower limit to the display of
the power factor cos phi (j), enter in min leading min lagging the lower limit, e.g. 0.8 (i.e.
from 0.8 lead to 1 to 0.8 lag).
The usual setting is from 0.5 leading over 1 to 0.5 lagging. All other triggers (max, min, gradient) are irrelevant.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

209

7.14.2

External Triggers in a Network

On the External/network tab you specify the behavior of the SIMEAS R power/frequency recorder on a network.
A prerequisite for this is that the SIMEAS R is equipped with a PCMCIA network card.
The tab External/network is only shown if you have specified earlier under Interfaces PCMCIA interface the type of interface as Network.

image105.gif

Figure 7-56 Power/frequency recorder, External/network tab

Select by checking the appropriate checkbox(es) whether the power/frequency recorder is to

trigger a collective network start through the LAN, or whether the recorder itself is to trigger
when a network trigger is received through the LAN, or both.
This function allows you to include individual SIMEAS R devices in a collective network start.
As the cause of the event, Network is entered to prevent a second collective network start.

210

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Parameterize the OSCILLOSTORE P5xx

Contents
8.1

General

212

8.2

Parameterizing the Central Unit

213

8.3

Parameterizing the Channels

214

8.4

Parameterizing the Starting Sensors

216

8.5

Copying Parameters

219

8.6

Printing Parameters

220

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

211

8.1

General

The OSCOP P module Parameterize devices is used to specify the channel assignment, the
measuring ranges, the print functions etc. of your OSCILLOSTORE P500, P510, P520 and
P530. Before you can do this, you must have added the device to the substation structure in the
Parameterize PC module (see section 4.6).
Proceed as follows:

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Parameterize devices
to start the Parameterize devices module.

Select an OSCILLOSTORE P5xx in the main dialog box (see section 6.2). The P5x0 central
dialog box appears.

image127.gif

Figure 8-1 Parameterizing an OSCILLOSTORE P530

The Info group box shows you how the OSCILLOSTORE is integrated into the hierarchic substation structure (region, voltage level). Each entry is scrollable.

212

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

8.2

Parameterizing the Central Unit

Select from the drop-down list of the CU no. box the number of the central unit.
Enter in the CU name a name with up to 8 characters for the central unit.
Repeat the above steps for each central unit.

Note
The parameters of the central unit are not transferred to the device but stored in
the database for evaluation by OSCOP P.

Load parameters from the database

To load the parameters of the selected central unit from the database of the evaluation PC,
click the Load from database button.

To load the parameters of all central units from the database of the evaluation PC, select the
menu item Parameters Load all from database. The status bar tells you which CU no.
is being processed.

Storing parameters in the database

To store the parameters of the selected central unit in the database of the evaluation PC,
click the Store in database button.

To save the parameters of all central units in the database of the evaluation PC, select the
menu item Parameters Save all in database. The status bar tells you which CU no. is
being processed.

Signal frequency

Select from the drop-down list of the Signal frequency text box the frequency of your power
system.
Select number of channels

Select the menu item Parameters Channels to call up the nested dialog box, and enter
the number of analog and binary channels for this central unit.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

213

8.3

Parameterizing the Channels

Proceed as follows to parameterize the analog and binary channels:

First of all, select by checking the appropriate checkbox whether you want to parameterize
an Analogic channel or a Binary channel.

8.3.1

Analog channels
Select from the drop-down list of the Analogic channel box one of the four channels of the
DAU.

Enter in Legend a text with up to 16 characters to describe the selected channel.

Enter in Code an abbreviation with up to 8 characters for the channel name.
Enter in Meas. range the measuring range resulting from the conversion formula for the representation of the primary signal values.
This conversion formula is:
UN 2 2

or

IN 2

It allows you the acquisition of twice the nominal value and of the peak value. The acquisition of
currents is only possible up to the nominal value, i.e. the maximum possible current.
The following equation is valid for phase to neutral measurement:
2
U N 2 ------3

or

2
I N ------3

For secondary signal calculation, enter the result of the following formula:
Vnsec

or

Insec transformer ratio

Select from the drop-down list of the Dimension box the dimension for the recorded value.
The clarity of curves showing low measured values can be improved by applying a gain factor
that acts like a zoom in y direction.
The value for this factor is entered in Gain factor.
Default setting: 1, i.e. no gain.
This factor must be set back with the zoom function of the OSCOP P module Evaluate, so
that curve limits are correctly displayed.

Select from the drop-down list of the Color box one of 15 colors for representing the curve
in the OSCOP P module Evaluate.

Check the Channel automatic printout / on screen if you want an output of your measured
values to the monitor or a printer in automatic mode.

214

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

8.3.2

Binary channels
Binary channels are arranged in groups of 8 channels each. The total number of binary channels
must be a multiple of eight. Settings are made per group:

Select from the drop-down list next to Binary channel one channel of a channel group.
Enter in Legend a text with up to 16 characters to describe the selected channel.
Enter in Code an abbreviation with up to 8 characters for the channel name.
Enter in Binary val. Legend a text with up to 16 characters to describe the selected channel
group.

Enter in Binary val. code an abbreviation with up to 8 characters for the name of the channel
group.

Select from the drop-down list of the Color box one of 15 colors for representing the curve
in the OSCOP P module Evaluate.

Check the Channel automatic printout / on screen if you want an output of the measured
values to the monitor or a printer in automatic mode.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

215

8.4

Parameterizing the Starting Sensors

If your OSCILLOSTORE P530 has one or more starting sensor modules (up to 31) installed,
parameterize for these modules sensor thresholds which you can use as trigger criteria.
Proceed as follows:

Click the Starting sensors button to call up the OSCILLOSTORE P530 starting sensors
dialog box.

image128.gif

Figure 8-2 Starting sensors for the OSCILLOSTORE P530

Select the menu item Connection Open to create a manual connection to the device.
Load sensor types

Select the menu item Parameters Load sensor types from OSCILLOSTORE to load the
sensor type installed. Universal starting sensors can be assigned to the channels 1 - 9, and
negative sequence systems the channels 1, 2 and 9.

Select the channel from the drop-down list of the Channel no.
Activate the trigger function of the channel by checking the Trigger active checkbox.
Select from the drop-down list of the Meas. range text box the appropriate measuring range.
Enter in MAX value and MIN value respectively the primary values which are to generate a
limit violation with MAX or MIN as the cause.

Specify in dM/dT rising or dM/dT falling the value dM (delta of nominal value in percent) for
the delta trigger.
The timebase dT is permanently set to the line period and cannot be modified.
As soon as the actual RMS value exceeds the dM rising or dM falling limit value, there will
be the corresponding dM triggering.

216

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

8.4.1

Loading / Saving Parameters

Load from OSCILLOSTORE

Select the menu item Parameters Load all from OSTORE to load all the parameter settings of the modules from your OSCILLOSTORE P530.

Click the Load from OSTORE to load the parameters of the selected module.
Transfer to the device

Select the menu item Parameters Sens all to OSTORE to transfer all the parameter settings of the modules to your OSCILLOSTORE P530.

Click the Send to OSTORE button to transfer the parameters of the selected module to the
OSCILLOSTORE.
Load from database

Select the menu item Parameters Load all from database to load the saved parameter
settings of the modules from the database of your evaluation PC.

Click the Load from database button to load the parameters of the selected module from
the database of your evaluation PC.
Store in database

Select the menu item Parameters Save all in database to store all the parameter settings
of the modules in the database of your evaluation PC.

Click the Save in database button to save the parameters of the selected module in the database of your evaluation PC.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

217

8.4.2

Trigger

Read out triggers

Select the menu item Parameters Status Trigger status Read to read out the status of the trigger channels. OSCOP P shows for each channel whether it has triggered (log
1) or not (log 0). The values are stored in the device.
Reset trigger

Select the menu item Parameters Status Trigger status read and reset to read
out the trigger status of the individual channels and to reset them to the status not triggered
(log 0).

8.4.3

Connection with the Device

Open a connection

Select the menu item Connection Open to establish a manual connection with the device.
This function allows you to check the data link to the device, regardless of whether it is connected by dial-up modem or via a V.24 interface.
Close the connection

Select the menu item Connection Close to manually close the connection with the
device.

218

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

8.5

Copying Parameters

Entire OSCILLOSTORE
To import all the parameter settings of an existing OSCILLOSTORE into a newly added device,
proceed as follows:

Select in the P5x0 central dialog the device whose parameters you want to copy (see
section 8.1).

Select the menu item Copy OSCILLOSTORE all... to call up the dialog box, enter there
the name of the new OSCILLOSTORE and start copying.

After completion of the copying process, a message is output. Confirm this message with
OK.

Click the Close button.

Current CU
To import the parameter settings of a central unit from one device into another OSCILLOSTORE,
proceed as follows:

In the P5x0 central dialog, select from the drop-down list of the CU no. box the central unit
whose parameters you want to copy.

Select the menu item Copy Current central unit... to call up the dialog box, select the
Name and the Central unit of the OSCILLOSTORE and start copying.

After completion of the copying process, a message is output. Confirm this message with
OK.

Click the Close button.

Note
Check whether the same number of channels is configured for both OSCILLOSTOREs, since central units can only be copied between devices of the same type.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

219

8.6

Printing Parameters

In OSCOP P you can print out the parameters of a central unit. Proceed as follows:

In the P5x0 central dialog box, select the menu item File Printer setup to call up the
dialog box for setting up the printer, and set the print parameters as desired.

Select the menu item File Print current Central Unit to print the parameters of the central
unit selected in the CU no. box.

220

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Setting up protection devices

In OSCOP P, you can set the information which is important for displaying the data for a channel
in the Central dialog for protection devices.
Note
OSCOP P does not allow you to change protection device parameters, you can
only adapt them for individual display in OSCOP P.
Proceed as follows:

Save the protection device in the Parameterize PC module.

Start the Parameterize device module.
Select the menu item Device Parameterize.
In the Select device dialog, select the protection device you want and click on OK. This
opens the Central dialog for protection devices

oscop158.tif

Figure 9-1 Central dialog for protection devices; device type: VDEW

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

221

oscop171.tif

Figure 9-2 Central dialog for protection devices; Device type: <SICAM/COMTRADE Archiv>

Analog channels

Select the channel you wish to edit.

Activate the option Save channel to database. This activates the fields for the channel properties (Legend, Short description, etc.).

Click on the Default button to display the default settings from the PDD file for the protection
device type.

The properties Legend, Short description, Color and Unit define the appearance of the
channel display.

The properties Substation, Feeder, Phase and Signal type specify the signal and its context within the system.

Activate the option Display in OSCOP if you wish the channel to be displayed.

222

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Binary channels: General

The option of adapting the binary channels is only available in the first level (e.g. for DAKON).
After transfer from a DAKON to the server or evaluation PC, the field is empty.
Binary channels: Device type VDEW

Select one of the following options:

Label binary channel with
VDEW numbers only

Binary channels are only issued with VDEW

number.

Label binary channel based

on protection device type
(PDD)

Binary channels are labelled in accordance

with the information from the PDD file for the
protection device type.

Assign binary channels to

binary groups

For future use

Hide binary channels

completely

Binary channels are not displayed.

Binary channels <SICAM/COMTRADE archive>

Select the channel you wish to edit.

Activate the option Save channel to database. This activates the fields for the channel properties (Legend, Short description, etc.).

The properties Legend, Short description, Color and Unit define the appearance of the
channel display.
Save changes

Click on Save to database to save the settings in the OSCOP P database.

Read changes from database

Click on Load from database, to display the settings which are saved in the OSCOP P database.
Exchange parameters with DAKON

Select the menu item Parameters Get from DAKON, to display the settings saved for this
channel on the relevant DAKON.

Select the menu item Parameters Send to DAKON to send the settings to the relevant
DAKON.
Archive/Import parameters

Select the menu item Parameters Archive to export the parameters to a file (*.opp).
Select the menu item Parameters Import to import the parameters from a file (*.opp).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

223

224

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Transferring Data

10

Contents
10.1

General

226

10.2

Manual Measured Data Transfer

229

10.3

Parameterizing Automatic Measured Data Transfer

246

10.4

Automatic Measured Data Transfer

259

10.5

Editing Events

274

10.6

Editing / Displaying Messages

286

10.7

Processing voltage dips

288

10.8

Evaluate mean values

289

10.9

Editing SICARO PQ results

290

10.10 Print

292

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

225

10

10.1

General

In the program module Transfer the measured data, messages and fault recordings of the digital
recorders SIMEAS R,
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx, SIMEAS Q and of the protection relays are manually or automatically
transferred to DAKON or the evaluation PC and are processed there.
On a server or a DAKON, the Transfer module must be running permanently or in automatic
mode. Otherwise, the data of the recording devices cannot be managed automatically.
Program startup

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Transfer to start the
Transfer module.

oscop116.gif

Figure 10-1 OSCOP P module Transfer

Before you can transfer and evaluate device data, you have to have configured your evaluation
PC and all lower or higher-level DAKONs or server or client PCs in the module Parameterize
PC. Furthermore, there you define the arrangement of the devices in the hierarchical station
structure. For more details please refer to chapter 4 .
Besides that, all connected devices have to be configured in the module Parameterize device.
For more details please refer to the chapters for device parameterization.
The measured valued transfer can be made in different ways:
Manually
Manual transfer from the quality recorder to the evaluation PC on demand
Manual transfer from a DAKON to an evaluation PC
Manual transfer from the server PC to different

client PCs in the PC network

226

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Automatic mode
Automatic data transfer from the quality recorders to an evaluation PC
Automatic data transfer from quality recorders and protection relays to the DAKON
Automatic transfer from the DAKON to evaluation -PC

Combined operation
Automatic data transfer from the quality recorder via DAKON and LAN or ISDN dial-up modem
connection to the server PC.
From the server PC manual transfer via PC network or ISDN connection to different client PCs.

Note
To every way of transfer you can assign an output procedure and achieve a quicker, automatic result of a fault recording without an additional operator intervention.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

227

10

10.1.1

Operating Mode DAKON

OSCOP P operates on a DAKON always in automatic mode.

Prerequisites
Make sure the following conditions:
The DAKON must be running in the operating mode automatic DAKON mode.
A hardlock must be plugged in the evaluation or the server PC.
The file oscop.ini must be available in the \OSCOP directory with correct entries.
The parameterization between the quality recorder and the DAKON must be completed and

available on both sides.

On the DAKON hard disk, sufficient memory space must be available.
All connected quality recorders SIMEAS R,

OSCILLOSTORE / protection relays must be ON and ready (green CPU LED lights)
For ISDN transfer the entries in the file commdll.ini have to be set correctly in the current

\OSCOP directory and the current CAPI driver must be installed on the PCs.
DAKON in the network
For the operation of a DAKON in a network, additionally the following conditions must be fulfilled:
At the server PC a hardlock with server license has to be plugged, the client PCs don't need

a hardlock.
For a client PC the program OSCOP P has to have been installed with the statement evalu-

ation PC as client PC at the server.

On all PCs in the network the TCP/IP drivers have to be installed correctly.

Note
For more details, please refer to chapter 4.

228

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.2

Manual Measured Data Transfer

The function manual measured data transfer can be carried out by an evaluation PC, a server
PC and a client PC. On a DAKON, this function is required only during commissioning or during
maintenance.
Proceed as follows:

Select in the basic dialog box of the OSCOP P module Transfer via the menu item Transfer
Manual mode the dialog for the selection of the devices.

Select a recording device and collect the data of the following devices:
Digital recorder SIMEAS R
SIMEAS Q power quality recorder
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx
Protection relays
DAKONs / LSA / REB 500

Confirm your selection with OK.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

229

10

10.2.1

Transfer SIMEAS R to the Evaluation PC

OSCOP P initiates the connection to a quality recorder and displays the directory of the device.
If the quality recorders are connected via a DAKON, it is the DAKON directory which is always
displayed and not that of the quality recorder.
Note
The procedure for a SIMEAS R V2/V3 is described below. The procedure for the
SIMEAS R-PMU is the same as for the data provided by this device.

image140.gif

Figure 10-2 Directory, Example of a SIMEAS R V2/V3

In the dialog box you can read out the Status of the selected device.

Click the Update button to update the status.

Control mode

Click the Control mode button.

image141.gif

Figure 10-3 Control mode, Example of a SIMEAS R V2/V3

The dialog is used for maintenance purposes.

230

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Make your selection in the section Operation mode by clicking the checkbox.
Click the Transmit button and set in this way the selected operation mode in the device.
Test mode
For all new events as cause TEST is entered.
Lock mode
In an analog SIMEAS R device the analog triggers are switched off.
The mean value recorder operates in the normal mode
Group alarm reset

Click the Reset button to reset a group alarm.

Click the Status button and select the output dialog box for the status display.

image142.gif

Figure 10-4 Status dialog box, Example of a SIMEAS R V2/V3

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

231

10

Mean values

Click the Mean values (see figure 10-2) button to display the events in the mean value recorder of the SIMEAS R .

Click the Transfer button. In the following dialog determine the time range for the measured
data transfer.

Confirm the transfer with OK or Cancel the operation.

image143.gif

Figure 10-5 Mean value recorder, SIMEAS R

Mean value recorders continuously fill the memory space of a recorder type. Therefore limit the
time range as strong as possible, so that the data transfer stays in a justifiable scope.

Activate the Automatic display checkbox if the values shall be displayed after the transfer.
Activate the Automatic print checkbox if the values shall be printed after the transfer.
Confirm with OK.
Click the Transfer button. A dialog for the time range opens.
Confirm with OK or Cancel the operation.
Mark one or several entries and click the Update button. The marked groups are updated in
the database of the evaluation PC.

Mark one or several entries and click the Update and Display button. The marked groups
are updated in the database of the evaluation PC and displayed on the screen. You can
determine a time range.

Click the Get contents list button to update the table of contents.
Click the Print button to print the table of contents.
Note
While data transfer from SIMEAS R is running, the estimated duration of the data
transfer is displayed.
This time does not contain the time for converting and saving in the database.
The information for fault and mean value recorder is displayed.

232

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Note
The procedures for the transfer of mean values are valid also for the transfer of
the events described in the following.

Current / Voltage

Click the Current/voltage (see figure 10-2) button, to display the events of the analog current
and voltage channels of a SIMEAS R. Via the menu item Device or the dialog box you can
trigger the SIMEAS R device, reset a group alarm and collect the status.
Power/Frequency

Click the Power/frequency button to display the events of the power/frequency recorder
SIMEAS R. Via the menu item Device of the dialog box you can trigger the SIMEAS R, reset
a group alarm and collect the status.
Messages

Click the Messages button to display the messages of a SIMEAS R.

Enter in the dialog box a time range via which the messages shall be output.
Then the contents list of the binary value storage is displayed in the form of a message list.
Message list. Every entry in this list represents the status change of a binary channel and contains information for time stamp, name and status of the binary channel.
Log file

Click the Log file button and enter in the dialog box the time range for the log file message
of the SIMEAS R.
Every entry contains information about absolute time, message classes and message text of
a process message.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

233

10

10.2.2

Transfer SIMEAS Q to the Evaluation PC

In contrast to SIMEAS R and OSCILLOSTORE, measured data cannot be collected directly from
the device and transferred to the OSCOP P database. Rather the data are read out from the
SIMEAS R project directory defined in the module Parameterize PC and are imported in
OSCOP P.

Connection to SICARO Q manager

After SIMEAS Q, whose data shall be transferred, was selected, a connection to the SICARO Q
Manager is built up - the SICARO Q Manager is started parallelly to OSCOP P.

oscop103.gif

Figure 10-6 Opening a port to the SICARO Q Manager

234

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

The table of contents (Entries) of the currently into the project imported data is displayed.

oscop104.gif

Figure 10-7 Transferring means from the SICARO Q Manager

Transferring entries

Click the Transmit button to transfer selected entries into the OSCOP P database.
The Transfer mean values from the SIMEAS R dialog is opened.

oscop105.gif

Figure 10-8 Transferring mean values from the device

Enter the time range from which you want to transfer mean values.
Activate Automatic display to have the transferred mean values displayed automatically in
the module Evaluate.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

235

10

Activate Automatic print to have the transferred mean values printed automatically in the
module Evaluate.

Note
You have to take care that the functions or the measured data transfer concerning the SIMEAS Q are only operated from OSCOP P.
A parallel operation of the SICARO Q Manager can lead to an unstable state of
the system. It is possible that OSCOP P crashes.

Confirm your entries with OK.

Updating the contents

Click the Contents button to update the table of contents of the data saved in the SICARO Q
Manager Project.
SIMEAS Q reset

Select the menu point SIMEAS Q Reset to reset the device.

There is a restart of the device. The current measurement is interrupted and the measured value
memory in the device is deleted. All measured values not transferred until then are lost.
The device automatically returns to the measurement mode approx. two minutes after the
restart.
Controlling the record

Select the menu point SIMEAS Q Recording to control the measuring function of the
device.
Here you can determine the measured value recording:
Start directly
Start from a certain point of time
Start via a certain period of time

Start data transfer

Select the menu point SICARO Q Manager Start to start the measured value transfer
from the device to the project directory which was created with the SICARO Q Manager.

236

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Stop data transfer

Select the menu point SICARO Q Manager Stop to stop the measured value transfer
from the device to the project directory which was created with the SICARO Q Manager.
Comparing channels

Select the menu point SICARO Q Manager Compare channels to compare an eventually conducted change of the parameterization of the SIMEAS Q device. The settings of the
SIMEAS Q devices are again transferred to OSCOP P.

Note
To exclude eventual problems during data transfer, it is recommended to make a
channel tuning before each manual transfer of the measured values.

Transferring mean values

Select the menu point Mean values Transmit to transfer selected entries from the directory to the OSCOP P database.
Updating the directory

Select the menu point Mean values Contents to update the directory of the data saved
in the SICARO Q Manager project.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

237

10

10.2.3

Transfer OSCILLOSTORE P531 to Evaluation PC

For the data transfer from an OSCILLOSTORE P531 you have to state from which Storage
medium in the device data shall be transferred.
Choosable are:
DAU module memory
Floppy-Disc 1 or 2
DRAM-memory
SRAM-memory
Hard-Disc
DAKON memory,

if the quality recorder systems are connected to the DAKON, which is coupled with an evaluation PC / server PC.

Select the Storage medium.

Determine in the time range dialog box via which measured data shall be transferred.
Click OK.

image144.gif

Figure 10-9 Directory of a DRAM memory for an OSCILLOSTORE P531

Via the buttons of the directory you activate all transferring and editing functions.
It is secured that you can analyze the data of a other device in the OSCOP P module Evaluate
during data transfer for one device.

Note
The manual transfer mode operates without the settings
screen and printer. Otherwise the completion of the transfer would overwrite the
evaluation on the screen.

238

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Directory

Select from the drop-down list of the box Group an individual group or all groups of which
the records shall be listed.

The directory of the selected storage medium and the number of saved events are displayed as
headline.
For every event you see:
A star if this event already had been transferred to the evaluation PC or DAKON,
The current event number, date and time of the recording,
Cause and DAU-number,
Channellegend and channel shortname ,
Group name to which the triggering DAU belongs.

Select in the directory one or several events.

Click on the Transmit button to transfer the fault value events to your evaluation PC.
Click the Delete button to delete the selected events.
Click the Trigger button to start a group related triggering. To do so, you have to have selected a group.

Click the Transmit and delete button to delete the events after the transfer in the DAUmodule memory.

Click the Transmit with option, button to output the events after the transfer to the screen
and/or printer and let, if necessary, the fault location be calculated.
You determine the options during the parameterization and via the menu item Settings.

Click the Directory button to update the directory.

Click the Parameter button to collect the parameters of the selected recording device and to
save in the database of the evaluation PC.

Click the Print directory button to print the directory on the printer of the evaluation PC.
Click the Status button to query the status of the OSCILLOSTORE P531.
Select via the menu point Settings e. g. whether you want to output the transferred events
on the screen or on the printer.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

239

10

Process message
During the transfer the following data are displayed:
Event with date and time,
Triggering group and DAU number,
Percentage of the transfer or telegram number

With connection to OSCILLOSTORS in the box Telegram number the transferred telegrams are
also counted.
In data transfer between evaluation PC and DAKON or to the quality recorder SIMEAS R in this
box the percentual degree of processing is displayed (0 - 100%).
After the successful transfer OSCOP P enters Telegram number date/time into the time dialog
box displayed above the directory. If, e.g., the last transfer occurred at 10:45:20.345, all the
events recorded from 10:45:00.000 are displayed in the contents list (i.e. also the event transfer
and, if existing, the sequential events).
Local printer

Select the menu item Device Local printer to output the events at the local printer.

Note
Select the transfer Block length 1024 to reduce the number of database accesses. The block length is sent together with the system data to the OSCILLOSTORE P531.

240

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.2.4

Transfer DAKON to Evaluation PC via LAN or ISDN

Basically through the DAKON you have got the possibility in OSCOP P to manually access from
an evaluation PC the recording devices of your station to check the parameters and the general
system settings there.
In this way you can telecontrol quality recorders SIMEAS R or
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx (see chapter 4). But these operating possibilities should only be used by
sufficiently qualified personnel!

10.2.5

Transferring SICAM / COMTRADE archives to the evaluation PC

Essentially, you have the option of using the OSCOP P from an evaluation PC to access protection device data in your SICAM / COMTRADE archive in order to retrieve error reports.

10.2.5.1 Apply error reports

To apply the error reports for a protection device, proceed as follows:

Create the protection device in the Parameterize PC module.

Set further data display settings (see section 9).
Start the Transfer module.
Select the menu item Transfer Manual mode.
In the Select device dialog, select the protection device you want and click on OK. This
brings up the table of contents for the device with the error reports available.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

241

10

oscop159.tif

Figure 10-10Transfer from <PROTECTIVE DEVICE> (Example of a table of contents)

From the list, select one or more entries and click on Accept, to transfer these error report
to the OSCOP P database. An error report which has already been transferred is marked
with a *.
Click on Settings to define specific actions (e.g. automatic display of error reports, see section 10.2.5.1) to be carried out during the transfer. Then click on Accept with option to carry
out the transfer with these settings.
Update/Print table of contents

To update the device table of contents, select the menu item Device Retrieve table of
contents.

To print the device table of contents, select the menu itemt Device Print table of contents.

10.2.5.2 Settings for manual transfer

In the Sequence control system for transmission with option dialog, you can define specific
actions which are automatically carried out when an error report is transferred:

242

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Display echo tab

oscop160.tif

Figure 10-11 Sequence control system for Transmission with option: Display echo tab

Here, you can define whether Messages and Diagnostics results and curves are displayed as
analog or effective values.
Printer echo tab

oscop161.tif

Figure 10-12 Sequence control system for transmission with option Printer echo tab

Here, you can define whether messages and Diagnosis results and curves are displayed as
analog or effective values.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

243

10

Disturbance values tab

oscop162.tif

Figure 10-13 Sequence control system for transmission with option: Disturbance values

For protection devices, Analog and Effective values are always transmitted. All there options
are deactivated.
Messages tab

oscop163.tif

Figure 10-14 Sequence control system for transmission with option: Messages tab

For protection devices, all options are deactivated.

244

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Export tab

oscop164.tif

Figure 10-15 Sequence control system for transmission with option: Export tab

Here, you can define the formats in which the error reports are automatically exported.
Diagnosis tab

oscop165.tif

Figure 10-16 Sequence control system for transmission with option: Diagnosis tab

Here, you can define whether diagnosis is carried out on the values transferred.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

245

10

10.3

Parameterizing Automatic Measured Data Transfer

Note
During startup checks for automatic mode, no check is carried out as to whether
the SIMEAS R selected to be fetched can actually be completely fetched.
For example, if you set very short report times for the mean value writers of the
SIMEAS R, the appropriate writer very quickly goes into overwrite mode. If there
are a large number of devices to be fetched, it can mean that OSCOP P cannot
gather all the data. Overwrite mode can then mean that data gets lost.

Check whether all the data from the SIMEAS R is actually being collected,
and, if necessary, adjust the settings for automatic mode accordingly.

10.3.1

General Sequential Control

Evaluation PC / Client PC

Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode General the General options dialog box.

image149.gif

Figure 10-17 General options

Activate Disposal Mode or Overview Mode.

246

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Server PC / DAKON

Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode Set time the Automatic time settings dialog box.

oscop127.gif

Figure 10-18 Setting cycle time on the server PC / DAKON

Select from the drop-down list Cycle time for the transfer of a time information from DAKON
or the server PC to the recording devices.

Note
Do not select the time smaller than 10 minutes, so that the server PC or DAKON
are not loaded too much.

Note
If with the server PC or DAKON the times for the devices are set, we recommend,
due to higher accuracy, the use of a Sync-Box.

Activate On cyclical query only to avoid a separate connection for the setting of the time.
The time then is set during the cyclic query.
These functions can only be activated in OSCILLOSTORE and SIMEAS R devices.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

247

10

OSCOP P sends time information to the following devices:

Local PC or DAKON for the setting of the internal clock.
Protection relays, if the device is not synchronized directly in the station.
OSCILLOSTORE P531, if the device is not synchronized directly in the station.
SIMEAS R, if the device is not synchronized directly in the station.
DAKONs which are coupled to a server PC via LAN.

Note
The function Set time cannot replace a direct Synchronization of the recording
devices via DCF77 or Sync-Box, because no accuracy in the millisecond range
can be kept.
The time telegram interrupts for a short time the running data transfer. No data is
lost.
In SIMEAS R devices with the firmware versions 1.2.x.y, this way of clock editing
can lead to time jumps in the system.
When using the function Continuous Recording, this way of clock editing is not
recommended.

248

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.3.2

Transfer Time
Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode Transfer time the Setting the
scanning times dialog box.

oscop117.gif

Figure 10-19 Scanning times

Enter in the section Start time / end time the times at which your evaluation PC querys the
priority list of the connected devices.
Please observe that the time ranges do not overlap!

If necessary, activate the Run cycle once per day checkbox. The first line Start time / end
time marks the start time of the one-time run.

Enter date and time for the begin of the transfer.

OSCOP P then transfers in automatic mode only records with trigger times which lie after the set
time. With this setting you can avoid that old records which in the meantime were deleted at the
evaluation PC are transferred again.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

249

10

10.3.3

Sequence Control
Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode Sequence control the Sequence
control system for automatic mode dialog box.

image152.gif

Figure 10-20 Sequence control

Select from the drop-down list the device type.

Select the devices for which you want to make the settings. The settings in the General tab
are valid for all device types.

Enter the Transmission mode. You can activate both options simultaneously. But it makes
sense to activate Auto polling for mean values and Auto calling for faults.

Make additional settings in the General tab.

Note
The minimum time interval for the sequence control should be higher than 5
minutes, to avoid that the devices are to too much stressed from polling.
If e.g. one SIMEAS R shall immediately transfer its records, you activate the callback operation (see section 7.5).

Note
If you parameterized the function SIMEAS R calls PC for the device (OSCOP P
module Parameterize PC), activate here the transmission mode Auto calling.
You will find hints for the module Parameterize PC in chapter 4.

250

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Mean values

image152_1.gif

Figure 10-21 Mean value tab

Enter for SIMEAS R devices with activated mean value recorders in the mean value tab the
begin of the mean value recording, the intervals and the recorder types.
Note
Depending on the type of your SIMEAS R (SIMEAS R V2/V3 or SIMEAS RPMU), only the available recorder types are displayed.

Disturbance values

image152_2.gif

Figure 10-22 Disturbance values tab

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

251

10

Select in the Disturbance values tab the functions for the transfer of interference value
records or fault records.
Messages

image152_4.gid

Figure 10-23 Messages tab

Determine in the Messages tab which messages shall be transferred.

Export

image152_5.gif

Figure 10-24 Export tab

Select in the Export tab the scanning frequence and the export format for the COMTRADE
file. The events are exported automatically after the transfer.

252

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Diagnosis

image152_3.gif

Figure 10-25 Diagnosis tab

Activate in the Diagnosis tab the automatic diagnosis of the transferred events.

Note
The OSCOP P module Diagnosis can be ordered as option.
In case the module Diagnosis is not licensed, it will be triggered anyway in automatic mode and an error message will appear.

Under Running diagnosis you select the point of time of the diagnosis. These settings are
only possible, if the Run diagnosis checkbox is activated.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

253

10

10.3.4

Assigning Output Devices

Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode Output device assignment the
Output device assignment dialog box and make the settings for all recording devices which
are liable to the cyclic editing.

image153.gif

Figure 10-26 Assignment of output devices for all devices

In the section All devices all output devices are displayed which were created in the OSCOP P
module Parameterize PC.
For more details please refer to chapter 4.
The selection of the functions of the individual tabs depends on the installed functions and type
of recording devices. Therefore the display of messages, for example, is only possible in protection relays and quality recorders in SIMEAS R .

Activate in the Screen tab which events and evaluation results are displayed on the screen.
Activate in the Printer tab which events and evaluation results are output on the printer.
Activate in the Fax tab which events and evaluation results are sent by Fax.
If you are working with DAKONs or server PCs, select additionally to the other selections an evaluation PC and activate in the Evaluate PCs tab which events and evaluation results shall be
transferred to the evaluation PC.

254

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Device-specific assignment
If you want to assign individual output devices to single recording devices, proceed as follows:

Select in the All devices group box a device and make the device-specific settings via the
tabs Screen, Printer, Fax and, if necessary, Evaluate PCs.

image154.gif

Figure 10-27 Assignment of output devices for a device

Specific output parameters

If you want to assign to a device, deviating from the assignments already made for all
devices, specific output parameters, activate local settings and enter these in the individual
tabs.

Click in the Printer tab on the Page setup button and parameterize the print layout according
to display and print area (frame, all on one page, number of curves per page, complete or
partial printout between cursor 1 and cursor 2 ).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

255

10

10.3.5

Path Settings
Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode Path settings the Export path
settings dialog box.

oscop118.gif

Figure 10-28 Path settings for data export

Enter format-specific the directories into which the data of the recording devices shall be
exported automatically (see section 10.3.3 Export).

256

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.3.6

COMTRADE Export
Select via the menu item Settings Automatic mode COMTRADE Export the Export of
COMTRADE in automatic mode dialog box.

image401.gif

Figure 10-29 Export COMTRADE in automatic mode

Activate the function Modify scanning frequency and lower the scanning frequency to
minimize the size of the export file. In doing so the values are linearly interpolated.
With this function you also can import and save COMTRADE-files which were exported with
different scanning frequencies into OSCOP P with an adapted or uniform scanning frequency.

Select from the drop down list of the Revision the COMTRADE 91, 97 or 99.
Select from the drop-down list of the field Format the data format ASCII or BINARY.

Note
When using the binary format, the size of the export file is reduced to approx.
30%.
A data export in the COMTRADE format is only possible if you have installed the
optional OSCOP P module COMTRADE Port.

Note
In case of SIMEAS R-PMU recorders TPR and CPR, the calculated current and
voltage values, as well as phase angles, etc. are exported instead of the
measured phasors (real and imaginary component).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

257

10

10.3.7

Analyses with SICARO PQ

Use the Configuration Automatic mode SICARO PQ menu commands to select the
SICARO PQ settings for automatic mode dialog box.

oscop193.tif

Figure 10-30 SICARO PQ settings for automatic mode

Select the Run diagnosis to enable OSCOP P to perform the parameterized analyses (see
section 4.11) in the automatic mode using SICARO PQ.

Click Output devices to assign the analyses to the desired output devices in the
Assignment statistics patterns to output devices dialog box.

oscop194.tif

Figure 10-31 Assigning statistics patterns to output devices

Select a pattern from the Statistics pattern area.

Select the output devices which you want to assign to the pattern from the Assignment area.
Click Assign to create a link.

Click OK to close the dialog box and save the changes.

258

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4

Automatic Measured Data Transfer

10.4.1

Transfer Recording Device to Evaluation PC

If you have parameterized your evaluation PC and your recording devices for automatic measured value transfer, the events are cyclically or event controlled, without any further action of the
operating personnel, saved, displayed and printed in the database of the evaluation PC. The
detail functionality depends on the selected parameterization. OSCOP P offers for this a lot of
degrees of freedom.
Auto polling mode runs until you specifically cancel it. It is protected against accidental cancelling
by a password. Cancellation is entered in the error report file.
Note
This action converts OSCOP P to the user to whom the password entered
belongs.

oscop03.tif

Figure 10-32 Automatic mode with Auto polling

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

259

10

In parallel to the automatic measured data transfer, which is going on in the background, you can
carry out an evaluation in the foreground using the OSCOP P Evaluate module.

image146.tif

Figure 10-33 Automatic mode with cyclic OSCILLOSTORE scanning

260

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4.2

Transfer Recording Devices to DAKON

If you have parameterized your DAKON and your recording devices for automatic measured
value transfer, the events are cyclically or event controlled, without any further action of the operating personnel, saved, displayed and printed in the database of the DAKON. The detail functionality depends on the selected parameterization. OSCOP P offers for this a lot of degrees of
freedom.
The cyclic automatic mode runs until you interrupt it defined. It is protected by password query
against unwanted interrupting. Cancellation is entered in the error report file.
Note
This action converts OSCOP P to the user to whom the password entered
belongs.
Parallelly to this, a connected evaluation PC or server PC can communicate with the DAKON
and collect events from the database of the DAKON.

image147.gif

Figure 10-34 Automatic mode with transfer of an event to DAKON

In the Status display of the DAKON it can be seen whether an evaluation or a server PC has
access to the data of the DAKON.
Furthermore, you see the rest capacity of the database and whether the
cyclic storage mode is active, i.e. the oldest event in the database is overwritten.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

261

10

10.4.3

Combined Transfer Recording Device to DAKON and PC

Combined transfer mode is only possible with the quality recorders SIMEAS R and
OSCILLOSTORE P531.
The events of the recording devices cyclically are transferred to an evaluation PC or DAKON.
Parallelly to this, spontaneous events of devices arrive which were parameterized for the function SIMEAS R / P531 calls PC.
This function is used everywhere where continuous transfer is connected via modem.
The following requirements must be met so that a quality recorder of type OSCILLOSTORE
P531 can call an evaluation PC or a DAKON:
The OSCILLOSTORE P531 must have a 12 Bit resolution.
The OSCILLOSTORE P531 must have a CPU / BCM - FW V34 built in.
The OSCILLOSTORE P531 must be connected to a Hayes-compatible modem class V34

(28800 Baud) or V34+ (33600 Baud).

The OSCILLOSTORE P531 may only be set to max. 19200 Baud, data compression and

error correcting must be set at the modem.

The communication facilities of the user should feature reliable transfer at high baud rates.

Note
SIMEAS R devices operate without limitations in the mode
SIMEAS R calls PC.

262

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4.4

Setting Overview Mode

In the Overview mode (only available in Evaluation PC or Client PC modes) of the devices
in the cycle list each of the directories are transferred and displayed.

To set the overview mode select the menu item Settings Automatic mode General.
The General options dialog box is opened.

oscop90.gif

Figure 10-35 Setting overview mode

Activate Overview Mode.

Activate Automatic Print to print out the directories automatically.
Confirm your settings with OK.
Then activate Automatic mode:

oscop173.tif

Figure 10-36 Automatic mode: Overview mode

Click on the Event list button if you want to see the list of events transferred. As soon as new
events have occurred, the Event list window opens automatically.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

263

10

10.4.5

Transfer DAKON to Evaluation PC via LAN or ISDN

When using the automatic function you have to observe that by cyclic transfer the PC network is
extremely loaded and that other network participants therefore might be blocked.
Automatic mode in an ISDN network is not recommended due to the huge telephone costs.
A possibility which is OK is the time-controlled cycle mode, i.e. the data of the recording
devices are only transferred at certain times automatically to the evaluation PC.

10.4.6

Transfer Server PC to Client PC in the PC Network

From a client PC it is not possible to access directly a device of your station This function can
only carried out on the server PC directly. In an hierarchical structured server PC - client PC network the responsibility for the correct data traffic lies on the server PC.
We recommend, to use in the client PCs a password with Level 4. With this password in the
module Evaluate all operating functions, in the module Transfer all operating functions except
the deleting functions are possible.
The password allocation is described in section 4.2.

Note
OSCOP P can only operate internal ISDN cards (up to CAPI 1.1). External PCMCIA ISDN cards are not supported, in this case, you can only use external ISDN
terminals.

264

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4.7

Transferring SICAM / COMTRADE archives to the evaluation PC

For the automatic transfer of SICAM-/COMTRADE archives to the evaluation PC, you must
make the following settings for each protection device:

Select the menu item Settings Automatic mode Sequence control system.
In the Sequence control system for DAKON mode dialog, select the protection device.

oscop166.tif

Figure 10-37 Sequence control system for DAKON mode: General tab

General tab

In the General tab, select the option Auto polling.

Note
This option must be set to integrate the protection device in automatic mode.

In this tab, you need to set the number of error reports to be retrieved on each polling.
You also need to set the minimum time interval between two transfers. Please note that small
values can cause greater strain on the PC and should only be selected for high-performance
computers.
Messages and mean values registers
For protection devices of a SICAM or COMTRADE archive, all the options are deactivated.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

265

10

Disturbance values tab

oscop167.tif

Figure 10-38 Sequence control system for DAKON mode: Disturbance values tab

Effective values should be replaced with r.m.s. values. Options are deactivated.
Register Export

oscop168.tif

Figure 10-39 Sequence control system for DAKON mode: Export tab

Here, you can define the formats in which the error reports are automatically exported.

266

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Diagnosis tab

oscop169.tif

Figure 10-40 Sequence control system for DAKON mode: Diagnose tab

Here, you can define whether a diagnosis is to be carried out on the values transferred. At the
same time, you can define when this process is carried out.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

267

10

10.4.8

Logging reports in automatic mode

OSCOP P offers you the option of displaying and logging errors and information in automatic
mode.

10.4.8.1 Configure logging

You need to make the following settings for logging:

Select the menu item Settings Automatic mode Log settings

oscop172.tif

Figure 10-41 Automatic mode log settings

Under Log depth, select the relevant level for Errors and Information (1 = Errors which
must be forwarded, , 3 = All information) to be included in the internal log file.

Under ASCII log file, select the option Write error messages to additional ASCII file and
set the name of the log file. Errors from error class 1 are written to this file.
Note

Do not select the hard drive partition on which the OSCOP database is
stored, or there will be problems with the memory available as overwrite mode
is not possible for this file. When the file reaches a size of 10 Mb, a message
appears in the error log file.

Do not activate this option on a DAKON which is not regularly monitored by

maintenance personnel, as the log file can get too large. The messages
occurring on the DAKON are not lost; they are forwarded on to the higherlevel unit (e.g. evaluation PC) where they are displayed and entered into the
log file.

Under ASCII status file, activate the option Write device status to ASCII file and set the
status file.

Confirm by pressing OK.

268

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4.8.2 Displaying errors in automatic mode

In automatic mode, any errors which occur are displayed and trigger a counter. The error display
is shown in red, otherwise the field is green.

oscop03.tif

Under Error messages, you can see the number of errors that have been registered since
they were last acknowledged.
Acknowledge error

To reset the error display to 0, click on Acknowledge. This resets the error display to green.
This action is password-protected to prevent accidental resetting. The acknowledgment is
entered in the error message file.
Note
This action converts OSCOP P to the user to whom the password entered
belongs.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

269

10

10.4.8.3 Content of log file

Depending on the device types, the following information is written to the protocol file:
SIMEAS R
The SIMEAS R provides the following attributes for each message:
1. Time of occurrence
2. Message ID
3. Associated value
All other message properties are added by OSCOP P after transfer:
1. Message text
2. Additional message text (interpreted value)
3. Level, i.e. importance
4. Message class (module / service affected)
During conversion, the following should be observed:
When the converted log message is entered, it is automatically given a new time stamp. The

old time stamp issued by SIMEAS R is not lost: the original time of the report is entered as a
new field SourceTime in the log messages.
The prefix SIMEAS R Log Message: is added to the text.
When evaluating the message list, it must be clear whether the message occurred locally on

this PC or was generated by a lower-level DAKON / server: at the same time, a prefix ()
is added to the message text. A new field, SourcePC is also introduced which contains the
(OSCOP) name of the PC which first generated the message. The name of the message
from which the message comes is already available.
For log messages, both the importance and the class are available in OSCOP P.
The additional message text and message class are both entered in the additional text of the

OSCOP P log messages, separated by a /.

270

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

OSCILLOSTORE P531
The OSCILLOSTORE P531 provides the following status attributes:
1. Printer error
2. No parameters available
3. Directory full
4. Bus Controller error
5. RS485 error
6. No parameters available (DAU-specific)1
7. Memory full (DAU-specific)1
8. DAU available (DAU-specific)1
The text of the message generated consits of the prefix P531 Status:, plus the text of the additional attribute (e.g. Error in DAU(s)). The additional message text includes information on
which LED / relay the message was taken from.
Evaluation of log messages for a DAKON
The following should be noted when transferring messages from devices connected via a
DAKON:
1. Only errors in class 1 are transferred.
2. The message texts are given a "" prefix.
3. A new time stamp is issued, the Original time is unchanged and saved in the SourceTime
field.
4. All other attributes are transferred unchanged.

1. For the DAU-specific attributes 6, 7 and 8, the DAU number is given as well. 8) is only used
indirectly, i.e. 6) and 7) are only checked if 8) is set.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

271

10

10.4.8.4 Evaluating the error log

View errors
In order to analyse the errors, you can view the entries in the protocol file.

Note
You do not need to interrupt automatic mode to do this.

In the Automatic mode dialog, click on the Log File button. The error messages are displayed in Microsoft Notepad.

Note

This file is write-protected while automatic mode is running to prevent accidental overwriting.

Edit log file

If you want to enter entries from the log file, or the whole log file, proceed as follows:

End automatic mode.

Delete entries:
Open the log file in any ASCII file editor.
Make the changes you want and save the file.
Delete the file:
Delete the file (e.g. in Windows Explorer).
Restart automatic mode.

Note
It is recommended that you back up the file regularly (if you need the file) and
delete it, as there are no size limits for the file.

272

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.4.9

Logging device status

This file cyclically stores the status of each device which is directly connected and taking part in
auto polling. Devices which are connected via a DAKON are not included..
Note
The device status cannot be updated during reorganisation of the database in
ring memory mode. However, the update mechanism starts up again automatically afterwards.
The entries are made in the following format:

[DevState]
LastAccess=DD.MM.YYYY,HH:MM:SS
Dev1="My Dev",DD.MM.YYYY,HH:MM:SS,OK,1000,3,DD.MM.YYYY,HH:MM:SS,mmm,OK,"OK"
Dev2="Device_2",DD.MM.YYYY,HH:MM:SS,NOT OK,NA,NA,NA,NA,UNKNOWN,"Device busy"
where:
Entry
LastAccess

Comment
First line: last update of status file

A line for each device with the following entries (from left to right, separated by commas):
Device name
Date, time of last update

Last update of device status

Communication result

OK, NOT OK

Number of error reports on device

Number of error reports not yet transferred

Date, time of latest error report on the device

Device status

OK, NOT OK, UNKNOWN

Plain text comment, if device or communication

is not OK.
* NA: not available (e.g. if connection to device cannot be established)

View file

Open the log file in any ASCII file editor.

You do not need to make any changes to this file!
Note
You can also evaluate this file automatically.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

273

10

10.5

Editing Events

After events have been transferred you can edit these in the database. For this, change to the
basic dialog of the OSCOP P module Transfer (see section 10.1).

10.5.1

Event filter
Select via the menu item File Edit events in the Select event filter dialog box .

image131.gif

Figure 10-42 Dialog box Select event filter

Select from the drop-down lists the technological filter criteria, such as station, feeder etc.
and additionally state the time range via which you want to evaluate events.

Confirm with OK.

Note
If, for example, you select a digital SIMEAS R writer, you have the option of
selecting the trigger cause and a specific DAU module. However, Network is not
available as a trigger cause.

274

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.5.2

Events in the Database

The events selected via the event filter are displayed in the Events in the database dialog box .

image132.gif

Figure 10-43 Events in the database

Filter criteria

If you want to change the filter criteria continuously, click the Set filter button and adjust the
filters new.

Select one or several events for editing,

Multiple selection makes sense, for example, for the function Display, comments, on the
other hand, are defined device-specific.

Note
The buttons and menu features are only activated in selected events.

Print

To print the events, select the menu item Events Print content.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

275

10

10.5.3

Fault Messages
In protection relays fault messages which were transferred too as spontaneous messages during
the transfer of the fault are saved with the record.
If you want to request the fault messages, proceed as follows:

Mark in the Events in the database dialog box the event from which you want to request the
fault messages.

Select the menu item Events Fault messages. The fault messages are listed in a dialog
box.

oscop128.gif

Figure 10-44 Fault message list

Click on the Print button to print the fault messages.

Close the dialog box by clicking on the button
Close.

276

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.5.4

Exporting Events
If you want to export events for further editing by other evaluation routines or for archiving, proceed as follows:

Select in the Events in database dialog box the events you want to export (see
section 10.5.2).

Select the menu item Events Export Disc archive and enter in the following Save As
dialog box the directory in which you want to store the data.
The files contain the file suffix*.opd.

image134.gif

Figure 10-45 Export measured value file as file demo.opd

Note
Please note the memory available when you are archiving, as archiving may
mean that the space available for the OSCOP P database is no longer sufficient.
If this is the case, archive the data to a different medium.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

277

10

Formats
You can export your events in six different formats.
You can make a path setting via the menu point Events Export Path settings.

image135.gif

Figure 10-46 Export formats

COMTRADE
The COMTRADE format is a standardized file format (IEEE C37.111-1991, IEEE Std C37.1111997 and IEEE Std C37.111-1999) used in power system monitoring. The measurements are
recorded in ASCII or BINARY format. IEEE Standard COMmon Format for TRAnsient Data
Exchange defines a format for files containing transient waveform and event data collected from
power systems. The specification can be purchased via the ISBN-No. 1-55937-156-0 in specialist shops.
The data in the COMTRADE format are saved by default in the directory \ieee.
In this format the Events of all DAU-module types can be exported .

Note
You only can export files in the COMTRADE format, when you have installed the
optional available OSCOP P module COMTRADE port.

Note
Binary channels are archived in groups of 8 channels each; i.e. if there are less
than n * 8 channels in the report, the remaining channels show up as blank.

278

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Pre-evaluation
Carry out a pre-evaluation of the data to, for example, limit the data scope before you start the
export.

Select in the Events in database dialog box the menu point Events Export
COMTRADE Format.

oscop119.gif

Figure 10-47 Data pre-evaluation for COMTRADE-Export

Select the time range of the record and reduce, if necessary, the Average (Average time
during record of mean values or scanning frequency during recording of fault records).

Click in the section Channels the Select button to select in the following dialog box the channels which will be included in the data record to be exported

Click on the Path button and enter in the Export path settings dialog box the default settings
for export paths of the individual formats (see section 10.3.5).

Select from the drop-down-list of the Format box the format in which the events shall be
exported.
EDF / ENEL
The data formats EDF and ENEL are customer-specific data formats.
FAMOS
The program package FAMOS requires for channel-specific supplement mathematical calculations data in the format FAMOS.
The converted data are stored by default in the directory \famos in channel-specific separate
files. The file name corresponds to the channel short description. Due to this reason the channel
descriptions may not contain special characters or blanks.
If you have questions about the program package FAMOS, please consult your Siemens sales
partner.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

279

10

Long-term archive
For long-term archiving of the fault data we recommend to export these data to hard disks, CDROMs or Streamer.
Furthermore, you should define a clear directory structure, e.g.

\oscop_data

(Directory for OSCOP-data)

\2002

(Statement in which year)

\january
\0501
\102234.opd
\
\
\
\february

(Statement in which month)

(Statement day 05 in month 01)
(Record at 10h22min34sec
in this file all events are stored
with this time stamp - which means also
sequential events)
etc.

oscop95.gif

Figure 10-48 Directory structure for long-term data saving, example

280

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.5.5

Importing Events
If you want to import again Events which were exported for further editing through OSCOP P proceed as follows:

Select the menu item Events Import and select in the following dialog box the directory
in which the exported data are.

Note
With the function Import, you can take over again events to the database which
you exported with the OSCOP P versions V3.x, 4.x, V5.x or V6.x.
Import in OSCOP P V2.x events at first in the OSCOP P module Parameterize
devices the Parameters, before you import the corresponding Measurement
data.
For more details please refer to the chapters for device parameterization (see
Chapter 6, 7, and 8).

Data with the following formats can be imported:

Disc archive, exported files (*.opd) of OSCOP P V3.x /4.x /5.x /6.x.
Disk P531, data directly from one disk which was

created by an OSCILLOSTORE P531.

OSCOP P V2.xx-data from the \oscop.dat-directory
COMTRADE-files from the subdirectory \ieee.

Import of COMTRADE-files is only possible, if the module COMTRADE-interface is

installed.
DIGSI V2.xx-data, data directly from a disk which was created by a Siemens protection

relay, firmware version V2.xx. For this, you need the optional OSCOP P module DIGSI interface. During import OSCOP P creates a virtual protection relay in the database and saves
the data of the disk there.
Then you can edit the protection relay record without limitations with the help of the
OSCOP P module Evaluate.
ENEL data from the directory \enel.

Note
If you have exported events and import them again into the database, the corresponding original events are overwritten by the imported. By the conversion into
other formats during im- or exporting, information such as dimensions, date statements etc. can be lost.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

281

10

10.5.6

Editing Comments
If you want to add comments to events, proceed as follows:

Mark in the Events in database dialog box the events you want to comment.
Select the menu item Event Comment. The Comments dialog is displayed.

oscop77.gif

Figure 10-49 Entering comment

Enter in Comment the desired text.

Confirm your entry with OK. The entered text is displayed in the column Comment.

282

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.5.7

Performing a Diagnosis
If you want to perform a diagnosis, proceed as follows:

Select in the Events in database dialog the event you want to check.
Select the menu item Events Perform a Diagnosis . The diagnosis is started.

oscop129.gif

Figure 10-50 Diagnosis result, no fault

To the completion of the diagnosis a result message is output.

For a fault on the line a distance statement is output.

10.5.8

View Diagnosis Information

If you want to view the diagnosis information, proceed as follows:

Select in the Events in database dialog the event you want to check.
Select the menu item Events Diainfo. The diagnosis information is displayed in a text editor.
You can view and print the diagnosis information.
If there is a error in the line, details of the distance are output.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

283

10

10.5.9

View Transmission Information

If you want to view the transfer information, proceed as follows

Select in the Events in database dialog the event you want to check.
Select the menu item Events Transmission information. The user list is output.

oscop131.gif

Figure 10-51 Transmission information of the event

10.5.10 Display Event

If you want to display an event in graphical way, proceed as follows:

Mark in the Events in database dialog the events you want to display graphically.
Select the menu item Events Display. The evaluation module SICARO Eval is started
and the event is displayed in form of curves and diagrams on the screen.

Note
If you have not yet called up any error reports from the DAKON, the window
remains empty.

284

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.5.11 Display Database Settings

If you want to check the current settings and the status of the database, proceed as follows:

Select the menu item Events Database information.

In the Database information dialog box you can view the current database content, the
capacity of the hard disk and the database settings.

oscop76.gif

Figure 10-52 View database settings

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

285

10

10.6

Editing / Displaying Messages

With this function you can display all protocol files from OSCOP P or the binary recorders, the
log file of a SIMEAS R, protection messages or messages of a LSA-control master unit.
For the editing of messages, proceed as follows:

Select in the module Transfer via the menu item File Edit messages the Select messages dialog box .

image138.gif

Figure 10-53 Selecting messages

Select the Message type.

As message type you can select:
Log file

The log file contains the last 2000 messages which were generated by OSCOP P.
SIMEAS R binary writer

This type of message contains the last 2000 messages which were collected from a
SIMEAS R.
SIMEAS R Log file

You get the the last 2000 messages from log file of a SIMEAS R device.

286

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Protection messages

You get the last 2000 messages which were supplied by a protection relay.
LSA messages

You receive the last 2000 messages which were supplied by a LSA-control master unit.

Select from the drop-down-list Device the device whose messages you want to display.
State the desired time range and confirm with OK. The messages are listed in a dialog box.

image139.gif

Figure 10-54 Messages of the log file, example

To determine the begin of the query time, proceed as follows:

Select from the menu point Messages Request time. The View messages dialog box is
opened.

oscop78.gif

Figure 10-55 Determining the request time

Enter date and time from which the messages shall be displayed.
Confirm your entry with OK.
Select the menu point Messages ASCII Export to save the displayed messages in ASCIIformat in a file.

Select from the menu point Messages Print to print the displayed messages.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

287

10

10.7 Processing voltage dips

This function allows you process the voltage dips stored in the OSCOP P database.
To process the voltage dips, proceed as follows:

In the Transfer module, select the Process voltage dips dialog by going to File Process
voltage dips.

oscop180.tif

Figure 10-56 Process voltage dips

Display data

Select the Device you want and click on Display to display the data.
Delete data

Enter the Time period you want and click on Delete to delete the voltage dips from this
period.

288

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

10.8 Evaluate mean values

This function allows you to evaluate the mean values stored in the OSCOP P database.
To process the means, proceed as follows:

In the Transfer module, go to File Edit continuous data and select the Evaluate mean
values from the database dialog.

oscop179.tif

Figure 10-57 Select messages

Enter the Time period you want.

Enter the date and time from which the messages should be displayed.
Use the settings on the Device filter to select the device you wish to evaluate. You can
restrict the evaluation data to a Device, a DAU and a Writer type.

Use the settings on the System filter to select the systems you wish to evaluate. You can
restrict the evaluation data to a System and a Branch.

Click on Display to display the data which meets your filter criteria.
Click on COMTRADE Export in order to export the data which meets your filter criteria in
COMTRADE format (see section 10.3.6).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

289

10

10.9

Editing SICARO PQ results

Proceed as follows to edit the results created by SICARO PQ:

Use the File SICARO results menu command to select the SICARO PQ results dialog
box in the Transfer module. OSCOP P collects the required data from SICARO PQ and
presents the analyses found in the form of an overview.

oscop195.tif

Figure 10-58 SICARO PQ results

You can delete, print, display, etc. your data using the buttons in the lower area of the dialog box or the
entries from the Results menu.
Note: The Print contents button allows you to print the contents displayed. By clicking the Print button
you can print out the selected analysis.

More details on the analyses can be found in the manual (SICARO PQ, Software for Power
Quality Analyses, Application Description /1/) and in the on-line help on SICARO PQ.

290

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Performing a new diagnosis

Click the New diagnosis button if you want to perform a new diagnosis. This opens the
dialog box Run network quality diagnosis.

oscop196.tif

Figure 10-59 Performing a diagnosis for power quality

Select the name of the statistics pattern in the Name field.

Define the Start time: The analysis starts from this day.
Define the time span for the analysis: According to the standard, this is a time span of 1
month.

Select Reference level, Quality profile and Report template. All values that you have
created in SICARO PQ are offered (see SICARO PQ, Software for Power Quality Analyses,
Application Description /1/ and the on-line help on SICARO PQ).

Select the Infeed point, i.e. Substation and Feeder to which the device has been assigned
and for which the analysis has to be performed.

Click OK: The desired analysis is performed, an entry inserted in the overview list (see figure
10-58) and the analysis displayed in SICARO PQ.

Note
If you do not select the busbar but the feeder as a power-infeed point, you can accelerate the
diagnosis for the electrical power system quality (PQ report by SICARO PQ).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

291

10

10.10 Print

Settings standard printer

Select via the menu item Settings

Standard printer the dialog for the selection of a standard output device. Change, if necessary, the settings, e.g. paper format, color selection etc.
Print all

Select via the menu item Settings Print All the dialog box for the layout of the printout.
For example, you determine the curve form, enter the number of curves per page, select the
lengthening of the time axis or state the print frame. Furthermore, in a manual printout you
have got the possibility to print part areas of the records (between the positions of cursor 1
and cursor 2 on the time axis).

image156.gif

Figure 10-60 Selection dialog box for specification of parallel printer output

Confirm with OK.

292

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

10

Setting automatic mode

If you want to print the output settings in automatic mode for control purposes, proceed as follows:

Select in the basic dialog of the module Transfer (section 10.1) via the menu item Print the
Print dialog box.

Click the Details button and select the List of the output device assignments dialog box .

image157.gif

Figure 10-61 Print selection dialog box for the output devices list

Select a device.
Click the Remove button if you do not want to print the settings of a device anymore.
Click the Add button, if you want to take over a device from the Available devices group box
into the list Devices to print.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

293

10

294

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Evaluating Data

11

Contents
11.1

General

296

11.2

Selecting, Displaying and Printing Records

297

11.3

Editing the Record

307

11.4

Phase Voltages

311

11.5

Additional Curves

312

11.6

Electrical Characteristics I

315

11.7

Electrical Characteristics II

323

11.8

Settings

327

11.9

Calculation Formula for the Graphical Evaluation

336

Note
When changing device settings, bear in mind that analyses extending beyond the
moment of change may not be performed.
An analysis for such a period of time is incorrect.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

295

11

11.1

General

The OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates from the measuring values of the fault records additional values and displays the measured and calculated values in a table form or as analog or
binary curves.
The function Evaluate is available in all operating modes of OSCOP P, irrespective of on whether you are working on an evaluation PC, a server PC or a client PC.
Program startup

In the Windows Start menu, click Siemens Energy OSCOP P Evaluate to start the
Evaluate module.
Enter, if necessary, your access authority.

oscop68.gif

Figure 11-1 Password query

You will find hints for the definition of the passwords in section 4.2.

For the evaluation of a fault record proceed as follows:

Open the record (see section 11.2).

Select the channels to be evaluated (see section 11.3).
Select the type of display, e. g. analog or r.m.s. value display.

296

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.2

Selecting, Displaying and Printing Records

The OSCOP P module Evaluate displays the signal curves of selected channels via the entire
period of recording of the fault record.

image163.gif

Figure 11-2 Sample record

Color selection
You determine the color design in the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices (see chapter 6
up to 8 Parameterize devices) or you temporarily change these in the Channel selection dialog
(see section 11.3.1).
Analog channels
For the selected analog channel OSCOP P calculates the r.m.s. curve. The highest r.m.s.
values are displayed above the curves as numerical value and refer to a time interval of one
period. If the calculated r.m.s. value decreases for at least one interval under 95% of the last calculated value, the new value is output.
Binary channels
Binary channels are displayed in groups of 8 channels each; i.e. if there are fewer than n * 8
channels in the first report, the remaining channels are displayed as blank.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

297

11

11.2.1

Opening Records from a File

To open a fault record from a file, proceed as follows:

Select the menu item File Open. The Open file dialog is displayed.

dataus0a.gif

Figure 11-3 Opening event file

Select the file and confirm with OK. The record is displayed.
Note
Display settings made in OSCOP P Manual are only evaluated if you open the
records from the OSCOP P database (see section 11.2.2).

298

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.2.2

Opening Records from the Database

To open a fault record from a database, proceed as follows:

Open via the menu item File Open from the database Record the Select event filter
dialog box and set the filters with the drop-down-lists.

dataus0.gif

Figure 11-4 Select event filter

Confirm your selection with OK. The Events in the database dialog box is opened.
With the Set filter button you again get to the Select event filter dialog box and can make
there a new setting.

Mark the desired event and confirm with OK. The record is displayed.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

299

11

11.2.3

Opening Continuous Data Record

To open the continuous data record, proceed as follows:

Open via the menu item File Open from the database Continuous data the Evaluate
mean values from database dialog box.

dataus0b.gif

Figure 11-5 Selecting continuous data

Select the Time period.

Set the Device and Substation filter and confirm your setting with OK. The records are loaded and displayed.

300

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.2.4

Analysing SIMEAS R-PMU phasors

The SIMEAS R-PMU (Phasor Measurement Unit) provides the option to record phasors.

11.2.4.1 Event-based data

Proceed as follows to select the event-based data record:

Use the menu command File Phasor Evaluation Records to open the Select event
filter dialog box.

oscop187.tif

Figure 11-6 Selecting event filters

Select the data (e.g., Device, Triggering, Events, etc.) to limit the displayed scope of data.
Set the device and substation filter and confirm your settings by clicking OK. The records
are loaded and displayed.

Confirm your selection by clicking OK. This opens the Events in database window. This
window displays all TPR records that match the criteria.
Use the Set filter button to re-open the Select event filter dialog box where you can make
a new setting.
Proceed as follows to analyse the data:

Select the desired record in the Events in database window and click OK to analyse the
record.

This opens the window Select feeder and view template.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

301

11

oscop188.tif

Figure 11-7 Select feeder and view template

Select one or several Measurement points. Choose a preset Template that defines the
values to be displayed and select the Additional Information you want to have represented.

Click OK to start the process: The values to be displayed are calculated from the phasors
and then displayed in a chart.

302

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.2.4.2 Continuous Data

Proceed as follows to open the continuous data record:

Use the menu command File Phasor Evaluation Continuous Data to open the
Select feeder and view template dialog box.

oscop188.tif

Figure 11-8 Select feeder and view template

Select a time interval and one or several Measurement points.

Choose a preset Template that defines the values to be displayed and select the Additional
Information you want to have represented.

Click OK to start the process: The values to be displayed are calculated from the phasors
and then displayed in a chart.

Note
A detailed description of the fault location can be found in the fault locator manual
(order number: E50417-H1000-C354).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

303

11

11.2.5

Adding Records
To add additional records of the same or a different device to the display, proceed as follows:

Adding records from a file

Select the menu item File Add. The Open file dialog box is displayed.
Select the file and confirm with OK. The record is added.
Adding records from the database

Open via the menu item File Add from database Record the Select event filter dialog
box and set the filter with the drop-down-lists.

Confirm your selection with OK. The Events in the database dialog box is opened.
With the Set filter button you again get to the Select event filter dialog box and can make
there a new setting.

Mark the desired event and confirm with OK. The record is added.
Adding continuous records

Open via the menu item File Add from database Continuous data the Select mean
values from database dialog box.

Select the Time period.

Set the Device and Substation filter and confirm your setting with OK. The records are loaded and added.

304

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.2.6

Print Records
To print the records, proceed as follows:

Print layout

Select the menu item File Print Layout to see a preview of the page.
Finish the preview with a click on the cross on the right top.
Print all settings

Select via the menu item File Print All Settings the dialog box for the design of the printout. You determine the measuring point display and the page layout or determine the printing framework.
Printer setup

Select via the menu item File Printer Setup the dialog Printer setup. If necessary,
change paper format, color selection etc. and confirm the settings with OK.
Print

Select the menu item File Print. The Print dialog box is opened.
Make the settings and start the print with OK.
Print layout preview

Select the menu item File Print Layout Preview. You see a print preview of the screen
content.

Finish the preview with a click on the cross on the right top.
Print layout

Select the menu item File Print layout. The Print dialog box is opened.
Make the settings and start the print with OK. The screen content is printed.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

305

11

11.2.7

Values Window
The OSCOP P module Evaluate displays the precise values of individual signals at defined point
of times in form of a table as value window. For the selection proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Window Value window the Current values / cursor positions
output window..

image173.gif

Figure 11-9 Subwindow Current values / cursor positions

You can read out the following information from the values window:
Current values of the curves at certain cursor positions (see section 11.3.2).
Time intervals between the individual cursor lines, measured in milliseconds
Display of the real time information of the activated cursor in the display field on the left side

of the upper window frame. If no cursor is activated, the window remains empty.

Note
If you move a cursor, the displayed values are updated.
The displayed values basically refer to curves not shifted by time.

Restoring values
For the documentation of a fault the OSCOP P module Evaluate offers you the possibility to use
individual signal values as curve description of the analog and binary records.
Proceed as follows:

Click with the right mouse button on the value, keep the button pressed and scroll the value
to the corresponding position in the curve display.
Printing value window

Select the menu item Output Print and start the print of the value table.

306

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.3

Editing the Record

With the menu point Edit you select the channels, edit cursor lines, curves and labels and copy
data to the clipboard.

11.3.1

Selecting Channels
To open the Channel selection dialog box, proceed as follows:

Select the menu item Edit Channels. The Channel selection dialog box is opened.

image160.gif

Figure 11-10 Channel selection

Filter with the drop-down-lists Recording and Type the channels listed in the Channel list.
Select under Channel list the channels and click on the Add button. The selection will be
entered under Selected channels.

Note
If you have selected an event to which there exist events of the same time in the
database with the cause sequential, these channels automatically are also
taken over into the selection list.

Move the marked channels with the Up/ Down buttons in the list up or down. The signals are
displayed in the order of the list Selected channels.
To add additional channels to the Channel list, see section 11.2.5.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

307

11

Properties

If you want to change the Display properties of a channel mark it and then click the Properties button.

oscop69.gif

Figure 11-11 Changing channel properties

Parameterize in the Properties analog channel nested dialog box for example the Channel
text or the Color, in which the signal is displayed in the curve display. The settings are temporary and after a restart of the OSCOP P P module Evaluate overwritten by the original
values.

Confirm your selection with OK.

11.3.2

Cursor Lines
For the measurement of a recording you have to be able to determine defined measuring times.
The OSCOP P module Evaluate offers the possibility, to place maximally eight cursor lines on
the time axis and to move these on it with the help of the mouse.
The cursor activated the last time is marked red. All other cursor lines are displayed in black.
Beside the cursor lines the triggering time is also marked by a line.

Positioning a cursor line

Place the mouse pointer on the time axis and position a cursor by a double-click.
Deleting a cursor line

Click on theCursor line you want to delete and select the menu item Edit Cursor lines
Delete Active.

Deleting all cursor lines

Select the menu item Edit Cursor lines Delete All.

Deactivating a cursor line

To deactivate a cursor click on the curve display away from the near range of the line. The
cursor line is now displayed in black.

308

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.3.3

Shifting Curves
The curves of the recording can be shifted against each other:
Analog curves in various directions
Binary records only in vertical direction.

To shift a curve, proceed as follows:

Shifting a curve horizontally

Select the menu item Edit Curves Shift Horizontal, to shift the curve on the time
axis.

Mark the starting point of the shifting on the x-axis.

Click on the target point of the shifting.
Shifting a curve vertically

Select the menu item Edit Curves Shift Vertical, to shift the curve in y-direction.
Mark the x-axis of the curve you want to move.
Click on the target point of the shifting.
Shifting curve in all directions

Select the menu item Edit Curves Shift All Directions to shift the curves in all directions.

Mark the starting point of the shifting on the x-axis.

Click on the target point of the shifting.
Reset shiftings

Select the menu item Edit Curves Shift Starting position, to bring back the curves
to their original positions.
Already set zoom factors are not reset.
Note
The starting point of the shifting must always lie on the zero axis of the curve (xaxis).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

309

11

11.3.4

Texts
The curve displays can always be commented at any position by maximally ten different texts.
Proceed as follows:

Inserting a text

Select the menu item Edit Texts Insert.

Place the cursor on the position in the curve display where a text shall be inserted.
Enter the text. You can edit the entered text at any time.
Deleting a text

Mark the text you want to delete and select the menu item Edit Labels Delete.
Entering a comment

Select the menu item Edit Texts Insert comments ..., to insert different types of
comments into the curve display.

Place the cursor on the position in the curve display where a text shall be inserted.
Enter the text. You can edit the entered text at any time.

11.3.5

Copy to Clipboard
With Edit Copy To Clipboard you copy the current window content to the clipboard. You then
can insert this window content into Microsoft Word, e.g. for a report.

310

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.4

Phase Voltages

If you record only the conductor-earth voltages with your devices and additionally need the
phase voltages UL12, UL23 and UL31, you can have calculated these by OSCOP P.
Proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Calculations

Phase Voltages the Parameterize phase voltage dialog box.

oscop120.gif

Figure 11-12 Parameterize phase voltage

Select in the Basis for calculation group box from the drop-down-lists the relevant voltages
L1, L2 and L3.

Enter in the Representation group box the label texts and select the color for the display of
the calculated phase voltages.

Activate the Show phase voltage checkbox, so that the calculated curves are displayed in
analog and binary recording. If you do not activate this function, the calculated voltage values
are only displayed in the value window Current value/cursor position (see section 11.2.7).
The values are calculated according to the following formula:
U L13 =

3 U L1

It is started out from a symmetric three-phase system in a symmetric star configuration.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

311

11

11.5

Additional Curves

To be able to examine recordings of a FDAU or PDAU module referring to the signal changes,
use the function Additional curves.
A prerequisite are continuous measured values (e. g. r.m.s. values).
Sinus values are not suitable.

Select via the menu item Calculations Additional curves the Add calculated additional
curve dialog box.

oscop121.gif

Figure 11-13 Add calculated additional curve

For the comparing evaluation the following curve types are available:
Difference quotient, here the slope between two measured values is calculated and dis-

played.
Absolute deviation, here the absolute deviation of a measured value from the triggering

point to the highest point of the first half of the prefault time is calculated and displayed.
Relative deviation, here the percentuale deviation of a measured value from the triggering

point to the highest point of the first half of the prefault time is created and displayed.

312

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

Select in the box Additional Curve Type a curve and click the Settings button. The Setup
of the additional curve dialog box is opened.

oscop122.gif

Figure 11-14 Settings of the additional curves

Select from the drop-down-list of the Original curve box the curve for which you want to calculate an additional curve.

Select in the Representation group box the curve display. The Channel legend and Color
settings are temporary.
The default setting in the field Short legend depends on the type of calculation. But you can
also change it.

You enter in the Differential calculation group box the time period for the additional curve
Difference quotient. As default setting 1 s is entered. We recommend to use here the Time
interval of the corresponding FDAU or PDAU module.
Too tiny time periods lead to insecure results due to rounded time values.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

313

11

Additional Curves
The example shows three calculated additional curves related to the
Active power P.

oscop132.gif

Figure 11-15 Calculated additional curves, example

314

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.6

Electrical Characteristics I

Additionally to the recordings of the channels the OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates the corresponding complex values.
The values are calculated for the point of time which is defined on the time axis by the position
of cursor 1.

Select via the menu item Calculations

Electrical characteristics I the Electrical characteristics I output window.

image174.gif

Figure 11-16 Electrical characteristics I

The calculation of the values for amplitude and r.m.s. value is made via the time of a period .
The phase angle of the reference curve for the calculation of the phi phase shift is set to 0
degrees by default.
As reference value of the reference curve for the display of the cos phi phase shift 1.000 is the
default setting.
There is a phase difference offset by the temporal shifting of a curve to the reference curve.
Selecting a reference curve

Select the reference curve by double-clicking the corresponding table line. The reference
values are highlighted in red.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

315

11

Restoring values
For the documentation of a fault the OSCOP P module Evaluate offers you the possibility to use
individual signal values as curve description of the analog and binary records.

Click with the right mouse button on the value, keep the button pressed and scroll the value
to the corresponding position in the curve display.

Note
The values copied in this way are not updated in a change of the cursor position.

Deleting values

Double-click on the value to delete it again from the analog and binary recording.
To shift values inside the analog and binary recordings to a other position, delete the value
and insert it again in the new position.
Print

Print via the menu item Output the whole table on the connected standard printer.
Additional calculations

Select via the menu item Additional calculations ...

the following functions:
Vector diagram (see section 11.6.1)
Impedances (see section 11.6.2)
Powers (see section 11.6.3)
Voltage asymmetry (see section 11.6.4).

316

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.6.1

Vector Diagram
The vector diagram serves for the graphical display of amplitude values and phase relations
of selected voltages U and currents I.
The amplitude values, multiplied by a constant scaling factor, correspond to the length of the
respective vector.
For the selection of a vector diagram, proceed as follows:

Place cursor 1 in the analog and binary recording on the desired reference point.
Select from the output window Electrical characteristics I the reference curve and curve
pairs which logically belong together of the analog recordings for current and voltage.

Note
Curves highlighted in blue are already selected and are deleted by a renewed clicking from a present vector display.

Select with the menu item Additional calculations Vector diagram the vector diagram.

oscop132.gif

Figure 11-17 Subwindow vector diagram

The vector angle relative to the axis intersection is defined by the phase angle at the point t =
t(0) + dt (at which t is the time of the cursor C1 and t(0) is the triggering time). The angles are
stated in degrees.
Phase angles and amplitude values are calculated depending on the position of cursor 1 on the
time axis. As long as you leave the reference value unchanged, a change of the cursor position
does not result in a vector turning.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

317

11

Deleting a curve

Click in the Electrical characteristics I output window the selected i.e. in blue highlighted
curve and in this way delete it from the vector diagram.
Print

Print via the menu item Output the vector diagram with legend on the connected standard
printer.

11.6.2

Impedances
The function Impedances offers the possibility to calculate
Phase-to-phase impedances,
Phase-to-ground impedances,
Active resistance and
Reactive resistance

Proceed as follows:

Place cursor 1 in the analog and binary recording on the desired reference point.
Select via the menu item Additional calculations
Impedances the parameterization for the impedance calculation.

image176.gif

Figure 11-18 Parameterization of the impedance calculation

318

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

Select in the Selection of the loop for impedance calculation dialog box the channels
which shall be used for the impedance calculation.

oscop102.gif

Figure 11-19 Selection of the loop

Select in the Loop list group box the type of impedance, e. g. Phase1 - Ground, click the
Channel assignment button and assign your current channel.

oscop96.gif

Figure 11-20 Channel assignment

Confirm the settings with OK.

Click the Ground impedance adapt button and enter in the Ground impedance adapt nested dialog box the real and imaginary value valid for your system.
As ground impedance the complex ground resistance at nominal current is described.

Confirm the settings with OK.

Repeat this step for every impedance.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

319

11

Note
If you change the default setting, please consider to enter after the imaginary
value of the ground impedance the line characteristic. As separator of the two
figures, you have to use a semi-colon, otherwise there is no calculation of the
fault location.

Confirm your entries with OK.

The OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates the values for impedance, active resistance and
reactive resistance and displays them in the expanded Electrical characteristics I output window .
As soon as you move cursor 1 on the time axis, the values are updated.
If the result of the impedance calculation is undefined or infinite, as a result --- is displayed.
Fault location
In high and extra-high voltage systems OSCOP P determines the fault location depending on
the position of cursor 1 on the time axis.
The calculation is based on the assumption that in case of a fault the reactance approximately
corresponds to the fault location. The following calculation results from this:
Reactive resistance Line characteristic = Fault location in km

Note
The line characteristic for high voltage lines lies in the range of 0.3 to 0.7 /km.

As soon as you move cursor 1 on the time axis, the value is updated in the Electrical characteristics I output window.

320

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.6.3

Powers

The OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates from the current and voltage values in one and three
phase systems the
Apparent power
Active power and
Reactive power of the individual phases.

Place cursor 1 in the analog and binary recording on the desired reference point.
Select via the menu item Additional calculations
Powers the Selection of type of power calculation dialog box, by selecting whether
one phase or three phase powers shall be calculated.

Click OK. The Channel assignment dialog box is opened.

image177.gif

Figure 11-21 Channel assignment window, three phase system

Select in the Channel assignment dialog box via the drop-down-lists the voltage and current channels which shall be used for the calculation.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

321

11

Channel description
During the recording of the analog voltage and current channels by OSCILLOSTORE P5xx
and protection relays for the description of the channels the following scheme has to be kept:
UL1

for voltage UR of the 1. analog channel of an ADAU module

UL2

for voltage US of the 2. analog channel of an ADAU module

UL3

for voltage UT of the 3. analog channel of an ADAU module

Uen

for voltage Uzero of the 4. analog channel of an ADAU module

IL1

for current IR of the 1. analog channel of an ADAU module

IL2

for current IS of the 2. analog channel of an ADAU module

IL3

for current IT of the 3. analog channel of an ADAU module

3i0

for current Izero of the 4. analog channel of an ADAU module

In digital recorders SIMEAS R OSCOP P recognizes which channels detect voltages and currents and enters them as default values into the Channel assignment dialog box.
As soon as you move cursor 1 on the time axis, the values are updated.

11.6.4

Voltage Asymmetry
The voltage asymmetry is the quotient of the added voltage r.m.s. values of the negativesequence system and the added voltage r.m.s. values of the positive-sequence system.
The value is stated in percent. The three phase voltages are the more symmetric, the smaller
the deviation of 100% is.
Proceed as follows to set the parameters:

Place cursor 1 in the analog and binary recording on the desired reference point.
Select via the menu item Additional calculations
Voltage asymmetry the Channel assignment dialog box.

Select the voltage channels you want to use for the voltage asymmetry calculation.
The dialog box is set with the channel assignment which was made the last time.
The OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates the values and displays them in the expanded Electrical characteristics I output window.
As soon as you move cursor 1 on the time axis, the values are updated.

322

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.7

Electrical Characteristics II

In the Electrical characteristics II dialog box you define fault-specifically the parameters which
underlie the calculations of the OSCOP P module Evaluate. The table of the dialog box for the
evaluation of the recording is configured individually each time according to the operational circumstances (see section 11.7.2).

Select via the menu item Calculations

Electrical characteristics II the
Electrical characteristics II output window.

image178.gif

Figure 11-22 Subwindow Electrical characteristics II

Note
The scanning frequency of the recording device must be an even-numbered multiple of the system frequency, e.g. 5000 or 1000 Hz, so that the calculation of the
Fourier coefficients makes sense. You can set the scanning frequency at the
device itself or during its parameterization.
Please observe that for quality recorders
OSCILLOSTORE P531 8 Bit there can be inaccuracies, because these are scanning with 3125 Hz.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

323

11

11.7.1

Parameter Calculation
Select via the menu item Parameter Calculation the Calculation parameter settings
dialog box.

dataus7.gif

Figure 11-23 Parameterized calculations

Select in the List of curves group box the curves for which a calculation shall be made.
Enter in the Scope of calculations group box the number of periods. For entries > 1 the
calculated values are averaged via the number of periods.

Enter in the Scope of calculations the number of Fourier coefficients.

These Fourier coefficients are calculated and observed during the determination of the distortion factor.
You set by default during the table parameterization which Fourir coefficients shall be displayed (see section 11.7.2). There are maximally 21 possible.

324

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

Click in the Additionals group box on the Values in % checkbox, when the Fourier coefficients shall be calculated relatively to the fundamental wave. If the function is deactivated,
they are displayed as r.m.s. value.

Activate in the Additionals group box the Compute dist. factor checkbox. The distortion
factor is always displayed as percentual value.

Select from the drop-down-list of the Frequency group box the signal frequency of the curve
or enter the value directly into the box. A directly stated frequency is only used for one calculation and must be re-entered for an additional calculation.

The position of cursor 1 on the time axis is used as calculation start. The time window is on the
left side of this cursor position.
If the cursor is placed on the time axis in such a way, that not all for the calculations needed periods lie in the curve range, you will receive a message.

Note
Make new calculations as soon as you have modified a parameter.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

325

11

11.7.2

Parameter Table
You can set the table layout of the Electrical characteristics II output window as follows:

Select via the menu item Parameter Table the Chart parameter settings dialog box.

dataus8.gif

Figure 11-24 Chart parameter settings

Select in the List of curves group box the curves which shall be displayed in the table.
Select in the List of F. coeff. group box the Fourir coefficients which shall be displayed in
the table.

Select in the Decimals group box from the drop-down-lists the number of decimals for Fourier coefficients, r.m.s. values and the disturbance factor.

Activate the Coloured presentation checkbox , whether the table entries shall be displayed
in the curve color.

Activate the Show distortion factor checkbox, whether you want to display the distortion
factor in the last column of the table.

Note
The change of a setting requires no new calculation.

326

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.7.3

Calculation
Start the calculation via the menu item Calculation
Start calculation. During the calculation your evaluation PC is blocked for entries.

The formula on which the calculations are based are described in section 11.9.

Note
The basis of all calculations in the value window and the output windows Electrical characteristics I and II is the parameter signal frequency which you set in the
system data of the OSCOP P module Parameterize devices. The default setting
is the rated frequency 50 Hz.
You will find hints for this in the chapters for device parameterization.

11.7.4

Print
Print via the menu item Output Print the entire table on the connected standard printer.

11.8

Settings

Additional to the display OSCOP P offers you a lot of setting possibilities for an easier fault
record evaluation:
Inserting a grid into the curve display
Assigning a channel to a coordinate system
Selecting a defined time range
Central definition of value ranges
Making zoom settings
Setting font types

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

327

11

11.8.1

Grid
For the evaluation it is often helpful to put a grid network over the curve display. It is especially
appropriate for recognizing tendencies of the signal characteristic.

Select via the menu item Settings Grid the

Grid settings dialog box.

oscop123.gif

Figure 11-25 Grid settings

Click on the corresponding checkbox to activate the grid function.

Note
The grid network selection remains for all further evaluations and must be explicitly deactivated.

Note
For an extremely zoomed curve display, always use the grid display. By the grid,
the x/y scaling is shown.
If you have superimposed curves, you can display one horizontal grid for a curve with a left side
Y axis and for a curve with a right side Y axis. If more than two curves have been superimposed,
the two horizontal grids apply to the first two curves (see figure 11-26).
Grid network
The example shows the three phase voltages in a three pole fault without auto reclosing. By the
grid network it can be seen that the voltage drop was approx. 100 V and fault duration was
140 ms.

328

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

image167.gif

Figure 11-26 Example, 3-pole fault

Axis Scaling
The example shows the current and voltage characteristic of phase R in a 3-pole fault. Reference
point is the voltage curve of phase R with the left axis scaling. The current curve of the phase R
with the right axis scaling was superimposed

image168.gif

Figure 11-27 Current and voltage of the phase R in a 3-pole fault

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

329

11

To get this display:

Select in the Assignment of coordinate systems dialog box from the drop-down-list Curve
left, position1 the voltage R and from the drop-down-list Curve right, position1 the current R (see section 11.8.2).
The voltage R drops by approx. 100 V to 250 V below the normal value, the current rises from a
normal value of 5 A to an average of 120 A, with peak values of -160 A. The fault was created
under laboratory conditions.

11.8.2

Coordinate Systems
To lay curves over each other, e.g. for the evaluation of a 3-pole fault, proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Settings Coordinate Systems the Assignment of coordinate
systems dialog box.

image166.gif

Figure 11-28 Assignment of coordinate systems

To every analog channel to be displayed a coordinate system is assigned.

Click on the Insert button and enter in the nested dialog box the position on which the new
system shall be displayed.

Select from the Coordinate systems group box the system.

Assign from the drop-down-list up to four different channels. A maximum of 2 channels can
be assigned to the right and left side.

To delete a curve system from the display, click on the Delete button. From the list Coordinate systems the last entered system is deleted.

To display the original defined curve display again, click on the Default button.

330

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.8.3

Time Range
If you only want to use defined time ranges of an evaluation e.g. of mean value recorders, state
these time ranges by default in the dialog.

Select from the menu item Settings Time Range the

Select time range dialog box.

image169.gif

Figure 11-29 Selecting time ranges

Click on the desired functions and enter the corresponding times into the corresponding
boxes From... to, Duration etc.
Spreading a curve

To display the curves in the area between cursor C1 and cursor C2 expanded, click on Between C1 and C2.
The closer the two cursors are placed on the time axis, the more the curve is spread.

Note
The settings are temporary, i.e. they only apply to this evaluation.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

331

11

11.8.4

Value Ranges
In an unsymmetrical display of DC values to the x-axis it can be helpful, to set the value ranges
for the display of several channels identically. Proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Settings Value Range the Settings of value axis dialog box.

image170.gif

Figure 11-30 Scaling of the Y axis

Select in the Curve list group box one or several channels and enter in the Display range
group box in the boxes Minimum or Maximum the maximal or minimal displayable value.
Enter the position of the Time axis and the y-gain of the curve.

Click on the Default button, if you want to undo the already made changes.
Click on the Auto scaling button to optimize the curve display.

Note
The settings are temporary, i.e. they only apply to this evaluation.

332

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.8.5

Zoom Settings
With the zoom functions of the OSCOP P module Evaluate the analog records can be displayed
in discrete steps related to the measuring range in y-direction and related to the measuring range
in x-direction in a magnified or a reduced scale.
For the selection of the magnifying or the reducing factor proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Settings Zoom

Settings the Zoom settings dialog box.

dataus6.gif

Figure 11-31 Zoom settings

Select in the Curve group box the curve and move the slider of the bars for the setting of the
horizontal and vertical zoom factor, and the selective Y gain to the desired value.

Maximum vertical or horizontal zoom factor: 41

Minimum vertical or horizontal zoom factor: 0.05

Note
Zoom values > 20 lead due to the logarithmic scale to distortions of the display or
to superposition of image spots with multiple resolution.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

333

11

Selective y gain
In the undisturbed operation the recorded nominal current is in the range of < 1 A, in case of a
fault this value rises to > 50 A. To achieve that the undisturbed nominal current is different from
the zero axis in the analog and binary display, you can set a selective gain factor for every current channel. This causes that the nominal current is displayed higher in the undisturbed case
without a change of the measured values.
Reset

Click on the Reset button, to switch off the zoom again. The curve is shifted to the left side
of the window frame.
Square zoom
Select the menu item Settings Zoom
Square zoom. The mouse pointer changes to a lens.

Position the lens to the upper left corner of the curve section you want to magnify, keep the
left mouse button pressed, scroll a rectangle and release the mouse button again. The selected rectangle area is magnified:
Repeat the process until you have set the desired magnification.

Via the Reset button of the Zoom settings dialog box you can undo the magnification.
Oriented zoom

Select the menu item Settings Zoom Horizontal or Vertical. The mouse pointer changes to a lens.

Position the lens on the starting point of the area you want to magnify. Click on this point,
keep the left mouse button pressed and move the lens to the endpoint of the selection.
Starting and end points of the selection are marked by cursor 1 and cursor 2, the area in between is magnified.
Repeat the process until you have set the desired magnification.
Note
The scaling of the x and y axis is not changed by the zoom. Adapt the scaling, if
necessary, via the menu item Settings Grid (see section 11.8.1).

334

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.8.6

Setting Font Types

With the Set fonts dialog box you set the font types in the curve window, additional window and
in the print frame. Inside the window or print frame you can assign different font types to the individual inscriptions and texts.
For the selection of the Font type, proceed as follows:

Select via the menu item Settings Font Types the Set fonts dialog box.

schriftart.gif

Figure 11-32 Setting font types

Select from the drop-down-list the window or the print frame.

Mark the inscription or the text you want to change.
Click on the Change button. The Fonts dialog box is opened.
Make the settings and confirm with OK.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

335

11

11.9

Calculation Formula for the Graphical Evaluation

In the following the calculation formula are listed, according to which the OSCOP P module Evaluate calculates additional values.
Hereby u and i represent the amplitude values:

11.9.1

R.m.s. Values of the Voltages U1 to U4

N
U xeff =

ux2( n )

1--N

n=1
N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

11.9.2

R.m.s. Values of the Currents I1 to I4

N
I xeff =

ix2( n )

1--N

n=1
N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

11.9.3

Active Powers P1 to P3 in Star Configuration

1
P x = ---N

ux ( n ) ix ( n )
n=1

N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

336

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.9.4

Reactive Powers Q1 to Q3 in Star Configuration

ux n --2- ix( n )

1
Q x = ---N

n=1
N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

11.9.5

Active Power in a Delta Configuration

[ u23( n ) i2 ( n ) + u13( n ) i1 ( n ) ]

1
P = ---N

n=1
N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

11.9.6

Reactive Power in a Delta Configuration

1
Q = ---N

u 23 n
--- i 2 ( n ) + u 13 n
--- i 1 ( n )
2
2

n=1
N = scanning points per period e.g. 100 at a scanning frequency of 5000Hz or 20 at scanning
frequency of 1000Hz, (at 50Hz signal frequency);

11.9.7

Power Factor (cos phi)

1
cos = -------------------------------2
1 + ( tan )

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

337

11

11.9.8

Voltage Unsymmetry in a Star Configuration

U Geff
SYM = ----------------- 100
U Meff
Indications in %

1
2
4
U G = --- U L1 + U L2 --- + U L3 ---
3
3
3
1
4
2
U M = --- U L1 + U L2 --- + U L3 ---
3
3
3
n
U Geff =

1--n

UG
2

U Meff =

1--n

UM

11.9.9

Distortion Factor

N
1
---N

2
Uh ( n )

n=2
k U = -------------------------------------Uh ( 1 )

1
---N

Uh ( n )
2

n=2
k U = -------------------------------------Uh ( 1 )

Number of Fourier coefficients used in the calculation. This can be set in the program
module Evaluate in the Electrical characteristics II subwindow.

h(n)

Index for the nth harmonic of U or I.

The r.m.s. values of U/I are calculated in the following way:

N
I h ( n )eff =

2
2
i ( k ) sin 2kn
-------------
--- + i ( k ) cos 2kn
-------------
---

N
2
2

k=1

338

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

11

11.9.10 Calculation of the Complex Voltage and Current Values

- ---
ux( k ) cos --------N
2
2k

U Real =

k=1

- ---
ux( k ) sin --------N
2
2k

U Imag =

k=1

- ---
ix( k ) cos --------N
2
2k

I Real =

k=1

N
I Imag =

- ---
ix ( k ) sin --------N
2
2k

k=1

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

339

11

340

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Fault Locator

12

Note
A detailed description of the fault diagnosis via the Fault Locator module can be
found in the Fault Recorder manual (ordering number E50417-H1076-C354).

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

341

12

342

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Annex: Messages

The following messages of the OSCOP P modules are described below:

Operator and error messages

Communication
DAKON
Database
Import / export of data
General OSCOP operation
System
Error messages of protection relays

Error messages of the QUADBASE data base system

Acknowledge message of OSCOP P

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

343

A.1

Operator and Error Messages

All the operator and error messages that can be displayed by OSCOP P V6.40 (or higher) in a
window are listed below. The messages are identified with their number and are listed with their
description and the corrective measures which might be required.
If there are the following messages from the operating system, you will find respective information in table A-1. Follow the measures as instructed.

image60.gif

Figure A-1 Error message - example

344

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.1

Communication

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0011

Could not initialize interface

COM0012

Could not open interface

COM0013

Could not close interface

COM0014

Could not send data

COM0015

Could not receive data

COM0016

Line closed

COM0017

Error in communication component

COM0018

Synchronisation failure!
Action for error COM0011-COM0018:
Close Windows and restart it, and carry out the process which caused the error
again.

COM0111

Memory allocation error!

Clearing:
Check the Windows system and close all applications that are not needed.
Expand the main memory of the PCs.

COM0160

Error in initializing WinSock.DLL!

COM0161

DLL WinSock.DLL does not support the specification 1.1!

Clearing of errors COM0160-COM0161:
Installing a later version of WinSock.DLL.

COM0162

Window create error!

COM0163

Error in loading file SerComm.DLL!

COM0164

Error in loading file LANComm.DLL!

COM0165

Error in loading file ISDNComm.DLL!

Clearing of errors COM0163-COM0165:
Verify if the respective file is included in the \windows directory. If not, then
reinstall OSCOP.

COM0166

Timer create error!

COM0167

Error in loading file OsciProt.DLL!

COM0168

Error in loading file DFMProt.DLL!

COM0169

Error in loading file VDEWProt.DLL!

Clearing of errors COM0167-COM0169:
Verify if the respective file is included in the \OSCOP directory. If not, then
reinstall OSCOP.

COM0171

Illegal interface identification (base communication DLL not loaded)!

Clearing:
In the section [CommDLL], the filecommdll.ini must include the entry
LoadLANComm=1 for operation in a network or LoadISDNComm=1 for
ISDN.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

345

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0172

Illegal protocol identification (protocol DLL not loaded)!

COM0173

Protocol file access error!

COM0174

Information does not exist in protocol file!

COM0175

Exception in DFMProt!

COM0176

Program error in component VDEWProt!

COM0178

Illegal IOCntl() call!

COM0179

Error loading file P600Prot.DLL!

COM0180

Program error in component P600Prot!

COM0181

Error loading file Crusher.DLL!

COM0182

Data access error during data transfer using SIMEAS R!

COM0183

Error registering a SIMEAS_R error code!

COM0190

Error registering an RAS error code!

COM0195

Error loading file Com08Com.DLL!

COM0196

Program error in component Com08Com!

COM0197

Could not find COM08 card!

COM0198

Error loading file SuperCom.DLL!

Action for error COM0172-COM0198:
Note down the error message and contact the hotline.

COM0201

Waiting for device call!

COM0211

Error in Windows communication driver (the reason might be a cable problem

or baud setting too high)!

COM0212

The COM port is used by another WINDOWS application!

Clearing:
Close the other application.

COM0213

Not enough main memory (under 640 kBytes) available!

Clearing:
Please remove from main memory the resident drivers not in use!

COM0214

The COM port in the PC is not available or used by the mouse!

Clearing:
Use another port.

COM0215

Could not open the COM port!

Clearing:
Use another port.

COM0216

Failed to establish connection through V.24 (other party not running)!

COM0220

Modem does not answer!

Clearing:
Check PAD settings and cable connections.

346

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0221

Functional error in data transmission to the quality recorder!

Clearing:
Check PAD settings.

COM0222

X.25 does not answer!

Clearing:
Check X.25 and PAD settings and cable connections.

COM0223

X.25 not available!

Clearing:
Check the X.25 connection device.

COM0224

X.25 is occupied!
Clearing:
Check the X.25 connection device.

COM0225

X.25 PAD selected is offline!

Clearing:
Check the X.25 connection device.

COM0226

Datagate: access refused!

COM0227

Datagate: disconnected!

COM0228

Datagate not reacting (e.g. expected request string not received)!

COM0229

Datagate sending unknown or illegal request string!

COM0230

Modem does not answer.

Clearing:
Check modem settings and cable connections.

COM0231

Functional error in data transfer to the modem, please check the modem
settings!
Clearing:
Check modem settings.

COM0232

The modem called does not answer

Clearing:
Check the telephone number entered or the local modem!

COM0233

No dial tone received!

Clearing:
Check modem setting at the evaluation PC. If necessary, remove : from the
telephone number entered.

COM0234

Telephone occupied!
Clearing:
Check the entered telephone number and repeat the procedure which caused
the error.

COM0235

Could not set up modem connection with error correction!

Clearing:
Check the modem settings.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

347

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0236

Modem signals NO CARRIER!

Clearing:
Check the modem connection

COM0240

Time cannot be retrieved from the SyncBox!

COM0241

Device cannot be synchronised!

COM0245

Datagate rejecting password: invalid password for login!

COM0251

Invalid communication parameters!

Clearing:
Check modem settings in the Parameterize PC module.

COM0252

No telephone number defined!

COM0253

The I/O channel has already been opened!

Clearing:
Exit windows and restart.

COM0254

Not a valid X.25 address!

Clearing:
Check the settings.

COM0260

A job is being processed!

Clearing:
Execute job at a later time.

COM0261

Job cannot be processed!

Clearing:
Try again later.

COM0262

Transaction active on the connection; request cannot be processed!

Clearing:
Execute job at a later time.

COM0270

Illegal I/O channel (interface)!

Clearing:
Use another port.

COM0271

I/O channel has not been opened!

Clearing:
Execute job at a later time.

COM0272

Illegal parameters have been transferred in the system!

Clearing:
Check all connection parameters

COM0274

Line closed by peer!

COM0276

DAKON connection already open!

COM0277

Illegal connection ID; connection does not exist!

Clearing:
Check all connection parameters

COM0280

No job has been started!

COM0281

Job was cancelled!

348

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0282

Job cannot be cancelled!

Clearing:
Execute job at a later time.

COM0290

Wrong checksum!
Clearing:
Data line is faulty. Check the substation and repeat the request.

COM0300

Internal ISDN Error!

Clearing:
Check the substation.

COM0301

ISDN Timeout: No reply from peer (indication missing)!

Clearing:
Check the substation.

COM0302

ISDN Timeout error: No reply from CAPI (confirm missing)!

COM0303

ISDN CAPI not installed!

COM0304

CAPI Error!

COM0305

Failed to register ISDN-Application!

Clearing:
Verify if the CAPI.dll (= driver for AVM-ISDN board) is loaded correctly. Restart
the PC.

COM0306

ISDN Data overrun!

COM0307

ISDN message queue full!

COM0308

Failed to unregister ISDN application!

COM0309

ISDN Network-Error occurred!

Clearing:
Restart the PC.

COM0310

ISDN-Partner occupied!

COM0311

Failed to create ISDN-Connection (e.g. wrong ISDN destination address).

COM0335

Error in CommDLL.DLL!
Clearing:
Exit windows and restart.

COM0336

Active connection; interface cannot be closed!

Clearing:
Execute job at a later time.

COM0337

Job with this ID does not exist!

COM0338

Timeout for sending bytes; possibly handshake problems for serial

communication!

COM0339

Timeout in waiting for the answer of the device!

COM0340

Timeout in waiting for the answer of the DAKON or timeout in DAKON protocol
execution!

COM0341

Illegal connection type!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

349

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0342

Timeout during execution of SIMEAS_R protocol!

Clearing for error COM0337-COM042:
Check the system and repeat the job later. Check the setting parameters in the
file oscop.ini.

COM0360

LAN component program error!

Clearing:
Exit the program module and restart afterwards. Repeat the job.

COM0361

LAN component error; network functions are no more available!

Clearing:
Exit windows and restart with the network afterwards.

COM0362

No entry found for OSCOP services; please define entry in the services file!
Clearing:
Enter OSCOP 2000/tcp in the services file.

COM0363

Entry for destination computer not found; please enter the destination
computer address in the Host file!
Clearing:
Enter the TCP/IP and Alias address of all involved computers in the hosts file.
Then load this file on each computer.

COM0364

Too many connections in the LAN level!

COM0365

Internal error in the LAN level with asynchronous functions!

COM0366

Internal error in the LAN level during socket creation!

Clearing:
Exit windows and restart with the network afterwards.

COM0367

Connection via LAN failed (OSCOP server not operative)!

Clearing:
Restart the server.

COM0369

Connection via LAN failed (timeout)!

Clearing:
Repeat the job.

COM0370

Connection via LAN failed (source computer destination computer)!

Clearing:
Check the address in the Parameterize PC module as well as the server/client
address.

COM0371

Connection failed; DAKON mode not active or DAKON busy!

Clearing:
Check the DAKON-PC. Restart the DAKON and repeat the procedure causing
the error.

COM0372

Failed to establish connection via LAN (cannot reach target computer)!

COM0373

Cannot find entry for service OSCOP_SYNC; define this entry in the Services
file!

COM0374

Cannot find entry for service OSCOP_SRV; define this entry in the Services
file!

COM0380

Program error in RS485 component!

350

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0381

Error in RS485 component!

COM0390

Synchronisation timeout!

COM0411

Illegal interface ID!

COM0413

Illegal communication type!

COM0414

Illegal channel ID; channel does not exist!

COM0415

No evaluation PC configured for this channel!

COM0422

Illegal V.24 hardware parameters!

COM0423

Illegal network parameters!

COM0424

Illegal modem parameters!

COM0425

Illegal V.24 transmission parameters!

COM0426

Illegal digi board parameters!

COM0427

Illegal parameter combination (V.24 / modem)!

COM0428

Illegal parameter combination (V.24 / X.25 network)!

COM0430

Illegal RS485 converter!

COM0440

Illegal modem type!

COM0441

Illegal modem protocol!

COM0442

Illegal format of the telephone no.!

COM0450

Illegal number of data bits!

COM0451

Illegal number of stop bits!

COM0452

Illegal baud rate!

COM0453

Illegal parity!

COM0454

Illegal handshake!

COM0460

Illegal interface board!

COM0465

Illegal IRQ no.!

COM0470

Illegal format of the ISDN address!

COM0480

Illegal format of the ISDN address!

Clearing of errors COM0411-COM0480:
These messages refer to wrong parameter inputs, hardware settings, etc.
Check the component on which an error message was output in the program
module Parameterize PC.

COM0490
COM0491

Illegal protocol no. transferred to protocol DLL!

Illegal protocol parameters transferred to protocol DLL!
Clearing of errors COM0490-COM0491:
This is an internal software error.
Exit OSCOP and restart OSCOP.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

351

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0501

No measured data received. Probably different parameter configurations for

O'STORE and PC!
Clearing:
Check the substation.

COM0511

Function not supported for this type of quality recorder!

Clearing:
Check the device settings.

COM0512

Command not accepted (maybe wrong quality recorder password entered or

different group ID set on evaluation PC and quality recorder!

COM0513

O'STORE is busy with storage on disk. Please repeat selection!

Clearing:
Repeat the selection.

COM0514

Functional error in data transmission to the quality recorder (maybe poor

quality of data line)!
Clearing:
Check the device.

COM0521

Central unit does not exist!

Clearing:
Check the devices OSCILLOSTORE P500, 510, 520 or 530 in the
Parameterize PC module.

COM0522

Illegal address of the starting sensor module transferred!

Clearing:
Check the devices OSCILLOSTORE P500, 510, 520 or 530 in the
Parameterize PC module.

COM0523

Quality recorder P5X0 signals 'transmission aborted'!

Clearing:
Check the substation.

COM0530
COM0535

The quality recorder is connected with the evaluation PC via a DAKON! The
selected function cannot be executed!
Unexpected DAKON reaction!
Clearing:
Check the DAKON and restart if necessary.

COM0542

Event allocation impossible! The group assignment of the quality recorders at

the time of recording of the event is not consistent with the current group
assignment on the evaluation PC!
Clearing:
The local parameters of the quality recorder and the PCs are different.
Load the parameters from the device onto the PC and verify the settings. Then
send the parameters back to the device.
Caution:
If the quality recorder has no additional local storage, the temporarily stored
events are lost during the send procedure from the PC to the quality recorder.

COM0543

Disk error of device processor (type 1)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

352

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0544

Disk error of device processor (type 2)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0545

Disk error of device processor (type 4)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0546

Local printer is busy!

COM0547

The print job has been issued!

COM0548

Previous print was aborted!

COM0549

DAU does not exist.

Clearing:
Check the power supply of the data acquisition unit rack. At
OSCILLOSTORE P531 it must be 5.1 V.

COM0550

Wrong DAU type selected!

Clearing:
Select the correct DAU type.

COM0556

Device drive error (type 1)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0557

Device drive error (type 3)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0558

Device drive error (type 4)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0559

Device drive error (type 5)!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE.

COM0560

File access error!

Clearing:
Check original file on disk and compare type of file with the OSCOP function
selected!

COM0561

File data read error!

Clearing:
Check original file on disk and compare type of file with the OSCOP function
selected!

COM0614

Illegal DAKON parameters transferred!

COM0619

Data decompression error!

COM0630

Illegal DAKON job! Request rejected!

Clearing of errors COM0614-COM0630:
Check the DAKON and restart if necessary. Then repeat the job.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

353

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0631

DAKON answer timeout; ignored by evaluation PC!

Clearing:
Install the same program version of OSCOP P on the DAKON as on the
evaluation PC.

COM0632

DAKON mode already active!

COM0633

Selected device not available on the DAKON!

Clearing:
Compare the allocation of the quality recorder on the DAKON with the
configuration of the evaluation PC.

COM0634

Transaction active on the DAKON; request cannot be processed!

Clearing:
Repeat the job at a later time.

COM0635

Job was cancelled by peer!

COM0636

Device request rejected - no permissions!

COM0637

Illegal address telegram received from DAKON!

COM0638

Data access error during passing operation!

COM0711

No STX found in DFM response!

COM0712

Illegal response received from DFM!

COM0713

Command not accepted by the DFM!

COM0714

Transfer error; incorrect checksum received from DFM!

COM0811

No valid start byte found in device response!

COM0812

Illegal device response!

COM0813

Request not accepted by device!

COM0814

Transfer error; incorrect checksum received from device!

COM0815

Transfer error; device reporting 'Link Service not functioning'!

COM0816

Transfer error; device reporting 'Link Service not implemented'!

COM0820

VDEW: Internal error

COM0822

Protective device provided illegal data

COM0823

Protective device sent NACK

COM0830

No data available.

COM0831

Data transfer interrupted by protective device: e.g. error number not available.

COM0832

Data transfer interrupted by PC.

COM0833

Error writing the VDEW error value file

COM0834

Error opening the VDEW error value file

COM0835

Error reading the VDEW error value file

COM0836

VDEW error value file contains illegal data

COM0837

VDEW error value file invalid

354

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-1

Communication COMxxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

COM0838

Protective device cancelled transfer of error data.

COM0860

LSA provided illegal data.

COM0861

LSA responded with an invalid file type.

COM0862

Requested file not available on the LSA.

COM0863

Requested section not available on the LSA.

COM0864

Value for SCQ invalid.

COM0865

Checksum not correct for file transfer.

COM0866

LSA interrupted data transfer.

COM0867

LSA responded to file/section transfer with NACK.

COM0868

LSA sent NACK.

COM0869

LSA: Internal error.

COM0870

VDEW error record being transferred.

COM0871

VDEW error record incomplete.

COM1060

P600Comm: internal error

COM1061

Invalid interface code - no SIMEAS R logged onto interface

COM1062

Invalid response from SIMEAS R

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

355

A.1.2
Table A-2

DAKON
DAKON DAKxxxx - Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

DAK0001

No extended memory available for request or answer telegram!

DAK0002

Illegal DAKON version!

DAK0003

Wrong answer received to logon telegram!

DAK0004

Wrong answer received to log-off telegram!

DAK0005

Wrong answer received to directory transmission request!

DAK0006

Wrong answer received to delete request!

DAK0007

Wrong answer received to event management data request!

DAK0008

Wrong answer received to event management data request!

DAK0009

Wrong answer received to transmission history request!

DAK0010

Wrong answer received to event-specific parameters request!

DAK0011

Illegal event filter transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0012

Illegal region ID transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0013

Illegal DAKON ID transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0014

Illegal OSCILLOSTORE ID transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0015

Illegal voltage level transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0016

Illegal group ID transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0017

Illegal time stamp transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0018

Illegal DAKON ID transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0019

Illegal event cause transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0020

Illegal channel number transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0021

Illegal event number transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0022

Illegal segment number transmitted to DAKON!

DAK0023

Error: Could not find the event on the DAKON!

DAK0024

DAKON is busy. Another evaluation PC has logged in!

DAK0025

Wrong answer received to the DAKON database optimization request!

DAK0026

Database optimization error on the DAKON!

DAK0027

Wrong answer request of the current O'STORE - parameters of the DAKON!

DAK0028

Different device types on DAKON and evaluation PC!

DAK0029

No parameters for this O'STORE stored on the DAKON!

DAK0030

No access authority to the DAKON! Client PCs can only access server!

DAK0031

Incorrect response to request for an error value report!

DAK0032

Incorrect response to request for a message list!

DAK0033

Incorrect response to request for a device list!

356

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-2

DAKON DAKxxxx - Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

DAK0034

Incorrect response to request for protective device configuration!

DAK0035

Configuration file requested is not registered on the DAKON!

DAK0036

No access permission to edit parameters!

DAK0037

No access permission to read parameters!

DAK0038

No access permission to delete measurement data!

DAK0039

No access permission to read measurement data!

DAK0040

No access permission to optimize database. To do this, you need full

permissions for all devices set up on the server or DAKON!

DAK0041

Illegal device number transmitted to DAKON/Server!

DAK0042

Could not find device on the DAKON/Server!

DAK0043

Illegal request to edit the status of a connection to the terminal device via
DAKON/Server!

DAK0044

There is already an open connection between the evaluation PC and a device!

DAK0045

There is no connection between the evaluation PC and a device!

DAK0046

Evaluation PC cannot be connected to the device because no connection

parameters have been set for the device on the DAKON/Server!

DAK0047

Connection to device cannot be established, as the interface is already being

used by automatic mode or another evaluation PC!

DAK0048

The connection registered on the DAKON/Server is different to that to be

connected!

DAK0049

Illegal response telegram on opening a connection via DAKON!

DAK0050

Illegal response telegram on closing a connection via DAKON!

DAK0051

Could not establish connection to device via DAKON!

DAK0052

Could not close connection to device via DAKON!

DAK0053

Illegal DAKON status!

DAK0060

Illegal request received!

DAK0061

Could not read error list!

DAK0062

Could not read device parameters!

DAK0063

Could not read message list!

DAK0064

Could not read user list for error!

DAK0065

Could not read device list!

DAK0066

Could not read protective device configuration!

DAK0067

Could not transmit DAKON status!

DAK0068

Illegal response telegram to sending current device parameters!

DAK0069

Device not compatible with the parameters sent!

DAK0070

Could not save parameters!

DAK0071

Querying device in automatic mode!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

357

Table A-2

DAKON DAKxxxx - Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

DAK0072

Function not supported by this DAKON version!

DAK0073

Illegal response telegram to sending of SIMEAS R operating system files!

DAK0074

Illegal response telegram to sending of SIMEAS R operating system files from

DAKON to SIMEAS R!

DAK0075

Not enough memory available on the DAKON hard drive!

DAK0076

Interface to terminal device is not open!

DAK0077

Operating system files not sent to DAKON!

DAK0078

Error occurred during logon to service mode!

DAK0079

Error occurred during sending of system file!

DAK0080

Error occurred during implementation of the operating system by SIMEAS R!

DAK0081

No data found for the time range entered!

DAK0082

Illegal response received to the request for continuous data!

DAK0083

Illegal response received to the request for the table of contents for continuous
data!

DAK0099

Unknown DAKON error!

Clearing for all DAKON errors:
Check parameterization on all involved PCs / DAKON. Restart all computers.

358

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.3
Table A-3
Error-ID
DB0001

Database
Database DBxxxx Errors / Messages
Error / messages
Database error occurred!
Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules, then restart the desired OSCOP module.

DB0002

Database error (wrong code)!

Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules, then restart the desired OSCOP module.

DB0003

Database error (illegal primary code)!

Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules, then restart the desired OSCOP module.

DB0004
DB0005

Could not find record!

Database version does not match program version!
Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules and then restart the OSCOP module you want.

DB0006

Database error (illegal argument)!

Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules and then restart the OSCOP module you want.

DB0007

Database error (no memory)!

Clearing:
Close all OSCOP modules and then restart the OSCOP module you want.

DB0008

Error compressing measurement data!

DB0009

Error occurred during reorganisation of the database! Probably not enough

memory available on the hard drive!

DB0051

Error writing the archive file!

Clearing:
Please check the memory available on the data medium!

DB0052

Error reading the archive file!

Clearing:
Please check the original file on the data medium!

DB0053

Illegal entry in the archive file!

DB0054

Illegal archive file format!

DB0055

A maximum of 128 errors can be archived to one file!

DB0056

Reports can only be archived to device types on which they were generated!

DB0199

Unknown database error no!

Clearing:
Note the message and contact the Hotline service.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

359

A.1.4
Table A-4

Import / Export
Import / Export IExxxx Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

IE0001

Incompatible data format. OSCOP V3.02 files cannot be imported. Importing is

cancelled!

IE0002

Internal Error: Illegal parameters!

IE0003

Cannot add further devices!

Clearing:
Contact Siemens to get a hardlock (dongle) for more devices.

IE0004

Not enough extended memory available!

Clearing:
Empty the main memory or expand it.

IE0005

Import file read error!

Clearing:
Check the import file on the disk.

IE0006
IE0007

Quality recorder has no DAUs!

Cannot load dialog. Probably not enough memory space available!
Clearing:
Empty the main memory or expand it.

IE0008

Illegal quality recorder type!

IE0009

File opening error!

Clearing:
Check the access path.

IE0010

Error writing the file filename!

Clearing:
Check the original file on the disk.

IE0011

Error reading the file filename!

Clearing:
Check the available storage on the disk.

IE0012

OSCOP V2.xx DAU files read error!

IE0013

Import file read error!

IE0014

OSCOP V2.xx DAU files read error!

IE0015

Error reading the OSCOP V2.xx follow-up trigger file!

IE0016

OSCOP V2.xx DAU files (8 bit) read error!

Clearing of errors IE0009-IE0016:
Verify the respective disk of the file to be read with scandisk.exe. Regenerate
the file if necessary.

IE0017

Internal Error: Drive change error!

IE0018

Illegal table name in import file!

IE0019

Quality recorder type in file not consistent with type in database!

IE0020

No channels in import file!

360

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-4

Import / Export IExxxx Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

IE0021

Illegal number of channels in import file!

IE0022

Invalid device number transmitted!

IE0023

Internal Error: Drive change error!

IE0024

No analog channels in the report!

IE0025

COMTRADE file with variable scanning rate cannot be imported!

IE0026

The Dat file has not been recorded completely!

IE0027

The CFG file has been destroyed or has an invalid structure!

IE0028

Incorrect number of channels in the CFG file!

IE0029

Incorrect channel information entries in the CFG file!

IE0030

Incorrect date format in CFG file!

IE0031

Incorrect mains frequency entry in CFG file!

IE0032

Incorrect entries for scanning information in CFG file!

IE0050

Events from multiple OSCILLOSTORES cannot be exported to one file!

IE0051

Event not from an ENEL Compact quality recorder (8 analog channels + 16/32/
48 binary channels)!

IE0052

Illegal event selected in database!

IE0053

Event cannot be exported, since analog data are not complete!

IE0054

File can only be saved on OSCILLOSTORE and quality recorder!

IE0055

The reporting time for the statistics cannot be less than the recording time!

IE0056

The reporting time must be selected so that at least two measured points are
archived!

IE0057

The start time is before the reporting!

IE0058

The end time is after the reporting!

IE0059

Means cannot be archived in this format!

IE0060

Not enough memory on the drive. Export not carried out!

IE0199

Unknown import/export error no!

Clearing:
Note the message and contact the Hotline service.

IE1654

File can only be imported to an OSCILLOSTORE!

Clearing:
Assign and import the event (= file) concerned to an OSCILLOSTORE.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

361

A.1.5
Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0001

Selected program is already running!

OS0002

Too many windows have been defined in the system!

OS0010

No valid I/O channel defined for the OSCILLOSTORE!

Either it is set to no connection or the I/O channel is assigned to an inactive
board.

OS0011

The event to be transmitted has an illegal group ID! Probably wrong

parameters!

OS0012

The event to be transmitted refers to another parameter configuration! It

cannot be transferred!

OS0013

Function not supported for this type of O'STORE!

OS0014

Unknown DAU type was transmitted: Value!

OS0015

Unknown trigger cause was transmitted: Value!

OS0016

No measured data received!

OS0017

Device types do not agree!

OS0020

Event has more analog channels than have been programmed in the
database. Transmission cancelled!

OS0021

Event has more binary channels than have been programmed in the database.
Transmission cancelled!

OS0022

The O'STORE P5x0 directory has changed since the last retrieval.
Clearing:
Retransfer the directory.

OS0023

No license to query the ABB collective rail protection REB 500 found!

OS0024

General error during licence checking!

OS0025

No licence to query protective devices found!

OS0026

OSCOP P not correctly installed! OSCOP will start in demo mode!

OS0027

No licence for DAKON mode found!

OS0028

No licence for server mode found!

OS0029

No licence for evaluation PC mode found!

OS0031

A maximum of number OSCILLOSTORE with number DAUs can be run with

the current dongle!
Clearing:
Plug in a hardlock (dongle) which permits a larger number of DAUs.

OS0032

Wrong password!

OS0033

No access authority for this system module!

OS0034

No access authority to the device! Client PCs can only access server!

OS0035

Different password entries!

362

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0039

No evaluation PC defined on this interface!

OS0040

DAKON server does not answer!

OS0041

Password could not be transmitted!

OS0042

A maximum no. of no. of entries in the event list can be displayed! The oldest
events are automatically displayed first.
Clearing:
Specify a younger date for the event filter!

OS0043

Maximum number of unanswered O'STORE calls exceeded!

OS0044

No licence to query COMTRADE archives found!

OS0045

No licence to query SICAM archives found!

OS0050

Illegal program number transferred!

OS0051

Illegal language ID transferred!

OS0052

Illegal file format ID transferred!

OS0053

Illegal O'STORE type transferred!

OS0054

Illegal O'STORE type transferred!

OS0055

Cannot start program module since program module is already running!

OS0056

Help file name cannot be loaded!

OS0057

Illegal font number transferred!

OS0058

Illegal mean type!

OS0060

Date conversion error (value)!

OS0061

Wrong entry in INI file (entry)!

OS0062

Missing entry in INI file (entry)!

Clearing of errors OS0061-OS0062:
Verify entries in INI file.

OS0063

INI file write error!

Clearing:
Check the available storage on the hard disk.

OS0069

Illegal output device used for printing!

OS0070

Program is printing!

OS0071

No standard printer installed!

Clearing:
Install a WINDOWS standard printer.

OS0072

Event no currently loaded in the evaluation program; it cannot be deleted!

OS0073

Fault locator not loaded!

Program module Diagnosis (optional) not installed.

OS0074

Could not load communication error texts!

OS0075

Could not load ARCHIVE.DLL library!

OS0076

Could not load P600RSLT.DLL library!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

363

Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0077

Could not load SICAMARC.DLL library!

OS0078

The archive directory entered does not contain a SICAM archive (file
'plantcfg.cfg' not found)!

OS0080

Compression error!

OS0081

Decompression error!

OS0082

Illegal device type!

OS0083

Illegal error number!

OS0084

Illegal device number!

OS0085

Illegal region number!

OS0086

Illegal DAKON number!

OS0087

Illegal mode for queries in automatic / DAKON mode!

OS0088

Illegal annex number!

OS0089

Illegal branch number!

OS0090

Error logging on to VDEWCONF module

OS0091

Error querying VDEW - type references (VDEWCONF)!

OS0092

Error registering a VDEW - type (VDEWCONF)!

OS0093

No devices configured in OSCOP!

OS0094

Error reading a message list!

OS0095

Illegal message number!

OS0096

Illegal message list type!

OS0097

Error deleting a protective device type (VDEWCONF)!

OS0098

No system configured! Branches must always be assigned to systems. You

need to set up a system first!

OS0099

Illegal network number!

OS0100

Internal Error: No.!

OS0101

Internal Error: Illegal case selector!

Clearing:
Note the message and contact the Hotline service.

OS0102

Illegal output device!

OS0103

Internal error: illegal index!

OS0104

Internal error: illegal element size in list!

OS0105

Internal error: see protocol output!

OS0106

Device cannot be queried cyclically as the interface is waiting for calls!

OS0109

Queue empty!

OS0110

Wrong DCF77 base address entered!

364

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0111

Illegal base address entered!

Clearing:
Set an address between 100 Hex and 3f8 Hex.

OS0112

Illegal status address entered!

Clearing:
Set an address between 100 Hex and 3f8 Hex.

OS0113

Illegal interrupt number entered! Number must be between value and value.

OS0114

Region cannot be deleted as it contains DAKONs or devices!

Clearing:
Delete all the devices and the DAKON in the region.

OS0115

DAKON cannot be deleted as devices are assigned to the DAKON!

Clearing:
Delete all the devices and the DAKON separately.

OS0116

Illegal entry for number of DAUs!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE parameter P531.

OS0117

Illegal entry for number of ZEs!

Clearing:
Check the OSCILLOSTORE parameters P500-P530.

OS0118

Number of DAUs cannot be reduced!

Clearing:
Set all DAUs of this O'STORE with numbers higher than value to 'deleted' in
the Parameters module.

OS0119

Illegal device number entry in DAKON!

OS0120

Illegal date format!

OS0121

Illegal time format!

OS0122

Illegal entry of hard disk memory reserved for the database!

OS0123

Illegal number of events to be deleted!

OS0124

Illegal minimum number of events in the database!

OS0125

Illegal number of events to be transmitted by the O'STORE per cycle!

OS0126

For call-up mode, the PC telephone number must be entered!

OS0127

The protective device type cannot be deleted as there is a device of this type
configured!

OS0128

The device cannot be accepted as it has a different type in the database!

Clearing:
First delete it then transmit it again!

OS0129

Message format in the database no longer supported. They were probably

saved by an unofficial version of OSCOP!

OS0130

Directory name does not exist. Create directory?

OS0131

The name directory cannot be created!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

365

Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0132

File does not exist!

OS0133

Could not generate log file!

OS0134

Illegal filename entered!

OS0135

No I/O channels found in database!

OS0136

Logfile size has exceeded the limit!

OS0137

Could not write logfile!

OS0140

A user name must be specified!

OS0141

No password has been entered!

OS0142

Password confirmation does not match the password!

OS0143

A user with this name is already registered!

OS0144

A user with this password is already registered!

OS0145

A user with level 1 must exist!

OS0150

The address in the DAKON must be a number between -11310 and 884!

OS0151

The device address must be a number between -11310 and 884!

OS0152

Illegal entry for voltage level!

OS0153

A branch can only be entered if a substation is also selected!

OS0154

Time difference entry incorrect!

OS0155

LSA address entry incorrect!

OS0156

Incorrect address entry in the LSA. It must be a number between 57988050

and 0!

OS0157

Internal error: SIMEAS R parameter file could not be found in the file
transmitted!

OS0158

No measurement data received!

OS0160

Illegal edge settings! The edges must not exceed the width or height of the
page!

OS0161

No curves included in the report!

OS0162

No data available for this channel!

OS0163

No archive directory entered!

OS0164

OSCOP cannot be started on SICAM computers!

OS0170

Internal error: illegal graphical object!

OS0171

Too many curves selected!

OS0172

The time interval entered is greater than the length of the recording. No curve
can therefore be calculated!

OS0173

Start time must be before end time!

OS0174

Illegal entry!

OS0175

Too many entries taken into analog window!

OS0176

The time interval entered is too short!

366

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-5

General OSCOP - Operation OSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

OS0177

The upper value must be greater than the lower one!

OS0178

Value must be between and!

OS0179

The value range cannot be empty!

OS0180

The interface is already being used by another device!

OS0181

Call received from a device not saved in the OSCOP database!

OS0182

The separators for decimals and groups of digits must be different!

OS0183

Address must be a number between -11310 and 884!

OS0199

Unknown OSCOP error no!

Clearing:
Note the message and contact the Hotline service.

OS0200

Error status in P531 status: local printer error!

OS0201

Error status in P531 status: no parameters available!

OS0202

Error status in P531 status: table of contents is full!

OS0203

Error status in P531 status: error in connection to bus coupler!

OS0204

Error status in P531 status: error in connection to DAU!

OS0205

Error status in P531 status: number of DAUs does not tally with OSCOP
setting!

OS0206

Error status in P531 status: no parameters available in one DAU!

OS0207

Error status in P531 status: DAU memory full!

OS0210

Error status in P531 status: collective alarm active!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

367

A.1.6
Table A-6

System
System SYSxxxx - Errors / Messages

Error-ID

Error / messages

SYS0001

No extended memory available!

SYS0002

Memory hold error, please leave program!

SYS0003

Memory unlock error, please leave program!

SYS0004

Memory release error, please leave program!

SYS0005

No extended memory available for reallocation!

SYS0010

No resources available!!
Clearing:
Exit OSCOP and WINDOWS and restart both.

SYS0015

Error generating a window class, please close open window!

Clearing:
Close the opened window..

SYS0016

Window create error!

Clearing:
Close the opened window.

SYS0017

Timer create error!

Clearing:
Exit OSCOP and WINDOWS and restart both.

SYS0020

File opening error!

Clearing:
Check the access path.

SYS0021

File opening error!

Clearing:
Check the original file on the disk.

SYS0022

File write error!

Clearing:
Check the available storage on the disk.

SYS0025

Cannot save a temporary file!

SYS0026

Error opening file!

SYS0027

Error reading file!

SYS0028

Error writing file!

Clearing:
Check the memory available on the data medium.

SYS0030

Printer out of paper!

SYS0031

Not enough hard disk memory space available for printing!

SYS0032

Not enough extended memory available for printing!

SYS0033

General print error!

SYS0034

Undocumented print error!

368

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Table A-6

System SYSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error-ID

Error / messages

SYS0035

Function not supported by printer driver!

SYS0036

Output media driver reporting an illegal page size!

SYS0040

File name load error! System was out of memory, executable file was corrupt,
or relocations were invalid!

SYS0042

File name load error! File not found!

SYS0043

File name load error! Path not found!

SYS0045

File name load error! Attempt was made to dynamically link to a task, or there
was a sharing or network-protection error!

SYS0046

File name load error! Library required separate data segments for each task!

SYS0048

File name load error! Not enough memory space available!

SYS0050

File name load error! Wrong WINDOWS version!

SYS0051

File name load error! Executable file was invalid. Either it was not a Windows
application or there was an error in the *.EXE-image!

SYS0052

File name load error! Application was designed for a different operating
system!

SYS0053

File name load error! Application was designed for MS-DOS 4.0!

SYS0054

File name load error! Type of executable file was unknown!

SYS0055

File name load error! Attempt was made to load a real-mode application
(developed for an earlier version of Windows)!

SYS0056

File name load error! Attempt was made to load a second instance of an
executable file containing multiple data segments that were not marked readonly!

SYS0059

File name load error! Attempt was made to load a compressed executable file.
The file must be decompressed before it can be loaded!

SYS0060

File name load error! Dynamic-link library (DLL) file was invalid. One of the
DLLs required to run this application was corrupt!

SYS0061

File name load error! Application requires Microsoft Windows 32-bit

extensions!

SYS0072

File name load error!

Clearing:
Check OSCOP installation.

SYS0080

Printer/window text properties definition error!

SYS0081

Printer/window horizontal and vertical size definition error!

SYS0090

Data exchange error with dialog control element (%s)!

SYS0110 SYS0129

DDE error

SYS0178

Illegal IOCntl()-Call!

SYS0199

Unknown system error %d!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

369

Table A-6
Error-ID

System SYSxxxx - Errors / Messages (Forts.)

Error / messages
Clearing for all SYS errors:
A SYS message is usually caused by problems of the current operating system
version (MS-Windows).
Note the output message and contact the Hotline service.

370

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.7
Table A-7
Error-ID
VDEW820

Error Messages of Protection Relays

Error Messages of Protection Relays VDEWxxx Errors / Messages
Error / messages
VDEW: Internal Error!
Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW822

Functional error in data transmission to the protection relay (maybe poor

quality of data line)!
Clearing:
Call the function again. Check protection relay with DIDSI.

VDEW823

Protection relay has sent NACK!

Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW830

No data available.
No new data for protection relay. Data will be available after next triggering.

VDEW831

Data transfer by protection relay aborted (e.g. error number not available).
Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW832

Transmission aborted by Control System.

Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW833

Error in writing to protection relay file.

Clearing:
Check the available storage space on the hard disk. Check the hard disk with
chkdsk /f.

VDEW834

Error in opening protection relay file.

Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW835

Error in reading protection relay file.

Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW836

Wrong data in protection relay file.

Clearing:
Check storage of protection relay with DIDSI.

VDEW837

Protection relay file not valid.

Clearing:
Call the function again.

VDEW838

Transmission aborted by protection relay.

Clearing:
Call the function again. Check the connection parameters and the connection
line.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

371

A.1.8
Table A-8

Error Messages for Statistical Reports

Error messages for statistical reports

Error ID

Error / Message

STAT0001

Report can only be applied to mean values!

STAT0002

No voltage channels in the mean report!

STAT0003

The report time for the statistics cannot be less than the recording time!

STAT0004

The start time is before the recording time!

STAT0005

The end time is after the recording time!

STAT0010

The name has already been used for another report template!

STAT0011

Illegal report template entry!

STAT0012

Illegal quality profile entry!

STAT0013

Illegal reference level entry!

STAT0014

Illegal report sample entry!

STAT0015

Illegal network entry!

STAT0016

Illegal system entry!

STAT0017

Illegal branch entry!

Clearing for errors STAT0001-STAT0017:
Check your entries.

STAT0030

Calculation did not produce results.

Clearing:
Please check whether there is measurement data in the database for the
properties selected in the quality profile and the time range selected.

STAT0099

Unknown error message from ARCHIVE.DLL: XXXX module!

Clearing:
Note down the message and contact the hotline.

372

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.9
Table A-9

Error Messages for LSA Connections

Error messages for LSA connections

Error ID

Error / Message

LSA0001

Internal error!

LSA0002

Configuration file already in use for another LSA!

Clearing:
Rename the file and repeat the function!

LSA0003

Error reading file!

LSA0004

File entered does not exist!

LSA0005

Error processing the LSA configuration file!

LSA0006

Internal error (illegal file handle)!

LSA0007

Internal error (IA of NA not found)!

LSA0008

Internal error (TextId not found)!

LSA0009

Internal error (TextId not found)!

LSA0010

Internal error (Text VQ not found)!

LSA0011

Internal error (information text not found)!

LSA0012

Internal error (insufficient memory)!

LSA0013

Internal error (illegal LSA file format)!

LSA0098

For an LSA, a configuration file must be entered from which message texts are
read!

LSA0099

Unknown LSA error!

Clearing for errors LSA0001, LSA0003-LSA0099:
Note down the message and contact the hotline.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

373

A.1.10
Table A-10

Error Messages for Archiving Actions

Error messages for archiving actions

Error ID

Error / Message

ARC0051

Cannot write to archive file (no more space on storage medium)!

ARC0052

Error reading the storage file!

ARC0053

Incorrect entry in storage file!

ARC0054

Incorrect file format!

ARC0055

Too many reports to archive!

ARC0056

Report cannot be stored on this device type!

ARC0059

Unknown error!

374

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.11
Table A-11

Error Messages for OLE Automation

Error messages for OLE automation

Error ID

Error / Message

OLE0001

ServerNotFound

OLE0002

BusyTryLater

OLE0003

Failed to establish connection via OLE!

OLE0004

OLE communication failed!

OLE0005

InvalidVariant

OLE0006

SafeArrayAccessFailed

OLE0007

SafeArrayUnaccessFailed

OLE0008

InvalidSafeArray

OLE0009

SafeArrayGetBoundFailed

OLE0010

NotEnoughData

OLE0011

VariantClearFailed

OLE0012

SafeArrayCreateFailed

OLE0013

InternalError

OLE0014

InvalidCmdPQClient

OLE0015

JobCancelled

OLE0016

NoJobAvailable

OLE0017

Network not found!

OLE0018

System not found!

OLE0019

Branch not found!

OLE0030

No SICARO Q Manager project file set up!

OLE0031

Inconsistent feedback from project info!

OLE0032

Function interrupted!

OLE0084

Could not open project file in SICARO Q Manager!

OLE0085

Could not close project file SICARO Q Manager! Data transfer or

measurement display may be active!

OLE0086

SICARO PQ not installed!

OLE0087

SICARO Q Manager not installed!

OLE0088

Illegal value in the response to the data sent back to SicSrv16!

OLE0089

Response from SicSrv16 does not match request!

OLE0090

No response data from SicSrv16!

OLE0091

16Bit SICARO OLE Server not installed!

OLE0092

32Bit SICARO OLE Server not installed!

OLE0093

Connection to SICARO PQ already open!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

375

Table A-11

Error messages for OLE automation

Error ID

Error / Message

OLE0094

No communication to SICARO PQ open!

OLE0095

Job already active on SICARO PQ!

OLE0096

Illegal status of interface to SICARO PQ!

OLE0097

Could not open communication to SICARO PQ!

OLE0098

Could not load SicSrv16.Exe coupling module. Check that OSCOP P is

installed correctly!

OLE0099

Unknown error during OLE connection to another module!

Clearing for all OLE errors:
Note down the message and contact the hotline.

376

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.12
Table A-12

Error Messages for P600

Error messages for P600

Error ID

Error / Message

P600Rslt0051

Cannot convert the file type entered!

P600Rslt0052

No SIMEAS R files to convert!

P600Rslt0053

No SIMEAS R error statistics file!

P600Rslt0054

There is only the SIMEAS R error statistics file to convert!

P600Rslt0055

Database error!

P600Rslt0056

Incorrect structure value for length information of the SIMEAS R!

P600Rslt0057

Too much measurement data in the SIMEAS R file!

P600Rslt0058

Incorrect Floating Point Format!

P600Rslt0059

Data block in the SIMEAS R file too large!

P600Rslt0060

Internal error!

P600Rslt0061

Memory could not be allocated!

P600Rslt0062

Incorrect transfer value for calling function!

P600Rslt0063

No text file for log messages!

P600Rslt0064

Incorrect DAU number in the SIMEAS R file!

P600Rslt0065

Incorrect microseconds value on time stamp!

Clearing for all P600 errors:
Note down the error message and contact the hotline.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

377

A.1.13
Table A-13

Error Messages for Connecting a SICAM Archive

Error messages for connecting a SICAM archive

Error ID

Error / Message

SicamArc0001

Unknown RCPF error!

SicamArc0002

Unknown ImpExp error!

SicamArc0003

Internal error: incorrect transfer argument!

SicamArc0004

Error during file creation!

SicamArc0005

Error opening file filename!

SicamArc0006

Error reading from file filename!

SicamArc0007

Error writing to file!

SicamArc0008

Error deleting file filename!

SicamArc0009

Error copying file filename!

SicamArc0010

Version error!

SicamArc0011

ReckAck error!

SicamArc0012

Too many entries in file 'FrcdList.csv'!

SicamArc0013

Cannot move to directory!

SicamArc0014

Error allocating nnn bytes of memory!

SicamArc0015

The file filename is not consistent!

SicamArc0016

Device filename not found!

SicamArc0017

Scanning frequency variable!

SicamArc0018

COMTRADE Dat file not complete!

SicamArc0019

File 'PLANTCFG.CSV' not present!

SicamArc0020

Internal error: application not initialised!

SicamArc0021

Error processing the path pathname!

SicamArc0022

COMTRADE filename too long!

SicamArc0023

Invalid COMTRADE filename!

SicamArc0024

The file '' is corrupt or has an invalid structure!

SicamArc0025

The number of channels in the file filename is incorrect!

SicamArc0026

The channel information entries in the file filename are incorrect!

SicamArc0027

The date format in the file filename is incorrect!

SicamArc0028

The mains frequency entry in the file filename is incorrect!

SicamArc0029

The scanning information entries in the file filename are incorrect!

Clearing for all P600-errors:
Note down the error message and contact the hotline.

378

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.1.14
Table A-14

Error Messages for Connection of a SIMEAS R

Error messages for connection of a SIMEAS R

Error ID

Error / Message

SimeasR_0010

CR_IntErrorP600

SimeasR_0101

CR_JobStarted

SimeasR_0102

CR_JobCancelled

SimeasR_0103

CR_IllegalPortID

SimeasR_0104

CR_PortNotInitialized

SimeasR_0105

CR_PortAlreadyCreated

SimeasR_0106

CR_PortNotOpen

SimeasR_0107

CR_PortNotClosed

SimeasR_0108

CR_CommShutdown

SimeasR_0120

CR_NoSocketAvailable

SimeasR_0121

CR_SocketBindFailed

SimeasR_0122

CR_SocketListenFailed

SimeasR_0123

CR_OpenTimedOut

SimeasR_0124

CR_OSCOPSrvNotRunning

SimeasR_0125

CR_CouldntConnect

SimeasR_0126

CR_HostNotFound

SimeasR_0127

CR_HostDown

SimeasR_0128

CR_HostUnreachable

SimeasR_0129

CR_IllegalDeviceName

SimeasR_0130

CR_IllegalBaudRate

SimeasR_0131

CR_FailedToDefineV24BufSizes

SimeasR_0132

CR_IllegalDialCmd

SimeasR_0133

CR_Busy

SimeasR_0134

CR_NoDialTone

SimeasR_0135

CR_DialFailed

SimeasR_0136

CR_OpenRejectedStarCoupler

SimeasR_0137

CR_OpenRejectedDataGate

SimeasR_0150

CR_TCPCantClose

SimeasR_0800

Unknown command received!

SimeasR_0801

Incorrect password or command not executable!

SimeasR_0802

Command not executed!

SimeasR_0803

Command executed with error status!

SimeasR_0804

Incorrect / Invalid command parameters!

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

379

Table A-14

Error messages for connection of a SIMEAS R

Error ID

Error / Message

SimeasR_0805

Command applied to inactive writer!

SimeasR_0806

Logon not possible as all ports already active!

SimeasR_0807

File access error!

SimeasR_0808

Directory access error!

SimeasR_0810

File access error!

SimeasR_0811

File access error!

SimeasR_0812

File access error!

SimeasR_0813

Error closing file!

SimeasR_0814

Database query outside the time range!

SimeasR_0815

Database transmission overwritten by measurement!

SimeasR_0816

Reserve, not currently used!

SimeasR_0817

Reserve, not currently used!

SimeasR_0818

Error compiling system parameters!

SimeasR_0819

Error compiling DAU parameters!

SimeasR_0820

Configuration error, file contains no system data!

SimeasR_0821

Configuration error, measurement station not occupied!

SimeasR_0822

Error updating the parameter file!

SimeasR_0823

Error updating the operating system!

SimeasR_0824

Error setting the system information!

SimeasR_0825

Data transfer interrupted!

SimeasR_0900

CR_NeedMoreBytes

SimeasR_0901

CR_CRCFailed

SimeasR_0902

CR_NoSTXFound

SimeasR_0903

CR_NoMemory
Clearing for all SimeasR errors:
Note down the error message and contact the hotline.

380

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.2

The Data Base System

In order to store configurations, device parameters and measured data the system program
OSCOP P employs a data base management system (DBMS). Therefore it is not necessary for
the user to enter file names, except should he wish to retrieve data for transport or archiving purposes.
Another advantage of using a DBMS is security of transactions. The data base ensures that the
data will always be consistent. Inconsistencies might e.g. result from incomplete storage of data
as a result of system failures or loss of power. This could prevent correct initialization of the system or lead to loss of data.
OSCOP P uses a DBMS made by QUADBASE. The DBMS is installed by the OSCOP P setup
program. The executables are located within the folder C:\QUADBASE\BIN (assuming default
configuration during installation). This folder has to be entered into the system path in order for
OSCOP P to be able to use the DBMS.
The data base, i.e. the configurations, parameters and measured data (imported or transferred)
are located in the folder \SCHEMA within the OSCOP folder (default: C:\OSCOP_P\Schema).
Causes for DBMS errors
Possible causes for occurring database errors are:
Failure during installation
Manual deletion/renaming of files or folders
Failure during restart after system breakdown
Failure of the hard disk or within the file system
Lack of disk free space
Program failure

In the following paragraphs you will find hints to repair or avoid many of these causes.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

381

A.2.1

Failure during Installation

The installation of OSCOP P is a very complex procedure, especially if an existing OSCOP P
version is to be upgraded. Installation follows these steps:
Input of the parameters of the installation by the user
Copying of required files by the setup program
Setting of environment variables by the setup program
Creation or update of the data base scheme

Aborting installation
If during the installation errors occur which cause the abort (e.g. power loss), then the installation
must be restarted. It is not possible to continue from a partial installation. Step 4 is specially critical. A data base scheme that has not been installed or upgrades completely is unusable.
Error during version update
Before updating an existing OSCOP P installation it is therefore highly recommended to backup the existing scheme, better even the complete OSCOP P folder. If errors occur during
updating, restart after recreating the original state.
In general, OSCOP P reports errors during updating only when starting an OSCOP P application
with error message.
Database version does not correspond with the program version. In this case reinstall
OSCOP P.
Depending of the operating system, for some OSCOP P versions the above described setting of
the QUADBASE directory may not be set during the installation. OSCOP P announces this with
the error message:
Quadbase error no. 200 Not connected to server.

382

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.2.2

Manipulation of the File System

The following manipulations may cause data base errors:
Manipulations of the system folder or of AUTOEXEC.BAT
Renaming/deleting the QUADBASE folder or of files within this folder
Renaming/deleting the OSCOP folder or of files within this folder
Changing the file OSCOP.INI (section [Database])
Write-protecting the OSCOP folder or one of its sub-folders

Shift directory
When shifting the OSCOP directory onto another hard disk, or into another directory, it is recommended to reinstall OSCOP P. Proceed as follows:

Delete the QUADBASE directory.

Copy the OSCOP directory to the new position.
Install OSCOP P at the desired position.
Perform regular backups in order to prevent data loss if accidentally renaming or deleting directories. Specially important are the SCHEMA folder and the file OSCOP.INI.

Note
In case of schemes being restored from CD, the files are usually write-protected.
Remove the write protection manually after copying.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

383

A.2.3

Failure During Restart

Program abort
Irregular aborting of OSCOP P may cause data base errors. An irregular program abort is any
termination of the program other than via the standard mechanisms of OSCOP (menu/hot keys).
Examples are:
Termination of OSCOP P via the task manager
Hardware-reset of the PC (power loss, switching off power, pressing the reset-button, )
System breakdown or program failure

If the operating system is not restarted after abnormal program termination, some program components may reside within the memory, preventing a restart of the application. The error messages resulting from this can be misleading. As a general rule data base errors or not enough
memory are reported. It is therefore principally advised to restart the PC after an irregular abort.
Index errors
Common type of errors during restart are the so called index errors which are reported by the
DBMS. This kind of error usually happens with the first write-access of the DBMS after restart
(e.g. when transferring recordings). The reason for this behavior is the index file. This file is used
by the DBMS to optimize access to the data base. Think of it as kind of a cache. If the DBMS is
terminated abnormally, this cache may be corrupt without the DBMS noticing it. Depending on
the circumstances it may take a long time until an error results from a corrupt index file.
To prevent these types of problems, proceed as follows:
General restart of the computer after abnormal abortion
Check hard disk and file system for errors (e.g. using Windows explorer)

You can automate stage 2). We particularly recommend this for unattended computers like
DAKON or servers. For DAKONS these settings are usually provided by the manufacturer and
need to be re-activated only after re-installation of the operating system.

In the file AUTOEXEC.BAT, enter

SCANDISK C:\OSCOP
Adjust the path address for the installation in question.

384

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.2.4

Failure of the Harddisk or within the File System

Defective hard disk

Database errors may have been caused by a defective hard disk. This need not be a complete
failure of the hard disk. A single defective sector may suffice to damage the files within the
SCHEMA folder.
In this case the error message generally is an error during access to a QBF or QBT file. Also the
message Failed to read Blob Header is an indicator for a defective sector.
In these cases the data base cannot be completely restored. Sometimes it may be possible to
restore parts of the data base (e.g. configurations, stored data, ). However, the system knowledge required is available at the manufacturer only.
Preventing data loss
Such a data loss can be prevented by:
Usage of RAID disk arrays (e.g. disk mirroring)
Regular saving or exporting of files
Redundant data storage (e.g. keep the data within the devices or on the DAKON, or store the

data within different servers)

Recovering configuration parameters
If only parts of the data base are affected, there may possibly be a chance to export the configuration parameters (without measured data), and re/import them into a new database. The partially restored database is then fully functional.
Proceed as follows:

Start the CREDO.EXE application by double-clicking it in the OSCOP directory.

Select the active scheme (there will be only one pre-selected row for a standard installation).
Click OK.
Select menu item Edit Backup without measured values.
Enter the directory in which the backup is to be saved (e.g. C:\BACKUP) and confirm with
OK. CREDO performs the backup and reports the successful completion with Operation
completed successfully.

Close the application CREDO.

Save the current SCHEME directory (e.g. C:\OSCOP\SCHEMA).
Delete this directory.
Restart CREDO and confirm the preselected line with OK.
Select the menu item Edit Set up Version ... . A new, empty scheme will now be generated.

Select menu item Edit Restore from Backup

without measured values.

Confirm the warning message that the import will destroy an old scheme with Yes, since an
empty scheme is imported.

Enter the backup directory.

Confirm the repeated warning message. CREDO performs the file import and reports the
successful completion with Operation completed successfully. All data except measured
values have been restored to the new scheme. Operation can be resumed.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

385

A.2.5

Lack of Free Disk Space

OSCOP P needs a certain amount of disk free space for orderly operation. Normally OSCOP P
keeps sufficient free space on the disk by selectively deleting old measured data (overwrite
mode).

Set database size

The size of the database can be set in the Parameterize PC module. (Menu item Configuration
Database). The size here is not only the size of the SCHEMA folder but also includes the temporary working space of the DBMS. The data base itself uses approximately 40% of the reserved
memory.
During operation OSCOP P ensures:
The size of the data base does not exceed 40% of the reserved hard disk memory.
At least 150% of the actual database size (corresponds to maximal 60% of the reserved hard

disk space) are available as free hard disk space in the system.
If one of these conditions is violated, old measured data are erased.
Release hard disk memory
In some cases the hard disk partition where OSCOP P resides may be filled by other programs
(e.g. print manager), due to an automatic export of data or manually by the user of the PC.
This may cause insufficient memory space for managing the database. In this case OSCOP P
registers a data base error. This error can be removed by manually deleting (or shifting) data,
thus creating sufficient memory space, so OSCOP P can perform the respective transactions.
Please note when configuring the PC:
Install OSCOP P only to a partition of the hard disk where enough free space is available.
For automatic export functions of other programs use a partition different from the one where

OSCOP is installed.
Make sure no other programs store huge amounts of data on the OSCOP P partition.
After manually copying files or folders make sure that enough free space has been left on the

OSCOP P partition.

386

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

A.2.6

Program Failure
Data base errors can also result from program faults within OSCOP P or QUADBASE. In most
of these cases the measures described in section A.2.5 will not cure the problem.
Using the export/import procedure described in section A.2.4 it is generally also possible to restore a running system.
If unsuccessful, please contact the hotline.
For analyzing the problem prepare the following:
A Description of the problem as far as possible.
A copy of the data base scheme (e.g. on CD).
Versions of OSCOP P and operating system

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

387

A.3
her)

Acknowledgment Messages of OSCOP P V6.40 (or hig-

SW acknowledgments and error messages are output as warning window. Most of these messages are database messages or reactions to faulty data transmission between devices and the
evaluation PC.
In general, you may correct the source of the failure, acknowledge these messages, and repeat
the procedure.
The list of all error numbers with respective correction measure is available in section A.1.

Some examples of such messages are listed below:

Activate LAN (network) or ISDN mode
In the Parameterize PC program module you activate a device address as (LAN) network connection or as ISDN connection and after acknowledging with OK you receive the message:

oscop134.gif

Figure A-2 Warning window

In the \oscop_p\commdll.ini directory in the [CommDLL] section, you verify and change
the entry LoadLANComm=1 during network operation or the entry LoadISDNComm=1
during ISDN operation.
Password
If the password could not be transmitted after the changes were made, the following message
appears:

image61.gif

Figure A-3 Error message

Switch off and restart the device and repeat data transmission within 2 minutes. If you want
to explicitly change the password, proceed according to section 4.2.

388

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Connection PC - quality recorder

If there is no hardware connection between the devices, and a transmission is triggered, the following message appears:

oscop135.gif

Figure A-4 Message window

Clearing:
Verify:
Is the device switched on ?
Is the connection cable connected correctly?
Check for use of the correct cable!
Is the port configured correctly?

Connection PC - quality recorder

If there is no hardware connection between PC and quality recorder (direct connection or via
modem) and a transmission is to be established, the following message appears:

image63.gif

Figure A-5 Communication

Clearing:
Verify:
Are SIMEAS R/OSCILLOSTORE P5xx and/or modems switched on ?
Are the correct cables (V24 or modem cables) connected to the PC and / or modems?
Are the interface parameters correctly parameterized on the PC?
Is the correct COM port used in the PC ?
Are all green LEDs lit on the quality recorders ?

Data transfer PC Quality recorder

Modem does not accept the command or Modem - TIMEOUT

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

389

Clearing:
Wait 1 - 2 minutes until the modem has disconnected the communication. Then repeat the

procedure.
If this error message appears again, switch off and restart the modem, verify the modem set-

tings and then restart the procedure.

Get the quality recorder folder, start transfer:

If the quality recorder is busy with storing the measurement data from the DAU on a storage drive
(RAM, HARD- or FLOPPY-DISK) and the operator wants to start a long operation on the quality
recorder (e.g. data transfer or retrieval of a new folder), then the following message is displayed:

image64.gif

Figure A-6 Communication

Clearing:

After pressing the OK button, wait 1 - 2 minutes and retrigger the function. This procedure
could be repeated several times.

390

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Bibliography
/1/

SICARO PQ, Software for Power Quality Analyses, Application Description

E50417-H1076-C119

/2/

SIMEAS Q, Network Quality Recorder, Application Description

E50417-H1076-C072

/3/

SIMEAS R, Digital Fault and Power Quality Recorder, Manual

E50417-B1076-C209

/4/

SIPROTEC DIGSI 4, Start Up

E50417-G1176-C152

/5/

SIPROTEC 4, System Description

E50417-H1176-C151

/6/

Diagnosis V2.5, Application Description

E50417-X1076-C309

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

391

Bibliography

392

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Glossary

ADAU

Analog data acquisition unit, 4 analog channels for measurement of voltage or

current

BDAU

Binary data acquisition unit, 32 binary channels, at zero potential (for P531 and
SIMEAS R)

CDAU

Data acquisition unit of a SIMEAS R, equipped with 8 analog current input channels and 16 binary input channels.

Central acquisition unit Identical to DAKON P531 (cf. description). There is a new feature for interfacing
for fault data
protection relays via the serial com08 module, which is now also available as a
star coupler module. OSCOP P V5.1 is used on these modules.

Client PC

PC operating in a network system. This PC accesses a server PC repeatedly in

order to load the data currently required. After completing the local procedure, all
data are stored back to the server PC.

CU

Abbreviation for Central Unit, only for the OSCILLOSTOREs P530 to P500.

DAKON

Data concentrator; PC without screen and keyboard operates fully automatically

in 24-h scan mode.

DAU

Data Acquisition Unit, for analog and digital measured values in OSCILLOSTORE P531 or in SIMEAS R

DDAU

Data Acquisition Unit for DC signals, 4 (in P531) or 8 input channels (in SIMEAS
R, with 16 additional binary channels); channels, at zero potential.

FDAU

Data Acquisition Unit for Frequency measurement sinus signals in 50 or 60 Hz

systems, 4 channels

ISDN

High-speed transmission networks. These facilities require optical fiber for transmission by telephone companies. Terminals (telephone, fax, PCs) must support
digital technology in order to use the high data rates up to 110kbps.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

393

Glossary

LAN

Local Area Network, i.e. the PCs are all equipped with a network board and operate together directly and indirectly via data exchange. An operating system on
every PC (e.g. Win 9x or Win NT or LINUX) and a standard data transport software are required. The operating systems may be different, as may be the data
transport software, but in order to allow data exchange between all PCs, they
must support a common transport protocol (= TCP/IP protocol).

Notebook
(or laptop)

Portable personal computer of approx. one DIN A4 page size, equipped with an
80486 or Pentium processor, operates with full PC functionality in all environments and for all applications.

PC

Personal Computer, used as a fault evaluation unit for OSCILLOSTOREs (also

called evaluation PC).

PCMCIA

New, internationally standardized interface for extension boards in PCs, especially for laptops and notebooks. These boards look like credit cards (= type II) or
wider cards (= type III). These boards integrate the functionality
of fax/modem, memory, ISDN, or network boards, and hard disk without mechanical parts (e.g. in SIMEAS R).

PDAU

Data Acquisition Unit for measurement of active and reactive power, power factor, frequency, or voltage in the 50 Hz or 60 Hz system; 4 analog channels for 2
voltages and 2 currents each (only in P531).

P5xx

Abbreviated symbol for OSCILLOSTORE P531, P530, P520, P510, and P500.

Server PC

Central data PC in a network. Generally, they include very large hard disks which
contain the so-called networkable software (e.g. MS-Office). All participants in the
network (so-called client PCs) load only the data from the server which is currently required. These data are also stored back to the server. Therefore, it can
be important to save the data on tape in definite time intervals. This data backup
procedure prevents data from being lost in case of problems with a computer in
the network.

SIMEAS R

The latest generation of quality recorders; combines several recorders into one
instrument!

VCDAU

Data acquisition unit of a SIMEAS R, equipped with 4 analog inputs each for voltage and current values, as well as with 16 binary input channels.

VDAU

Data acquisition unit of a SIMEAS R, equipped with 8 analog voltage input channels and 16 binary input channels.

394

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Glossary

VDEW protocol

Standard data transfer protocol for fault records and signals from protection
relays via a V.24 interface to an evaluation PC. In Europe, this standard has been
defined by the IEC 60870-5 standard. This standard for data transfer is observed
by European manufacturers of protection equipment (e.g. ABB, AEG, Siemens).
The already extended standard is available as IEC 60870-5-103 standard and
was used as the basis for the SW development in OSCOP P V6.

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

395

Glossary

396

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Index
A
Absolute deviation 312
Access authorities
all 59
device-specific 62
Access authority 56, 59
Active power 321, 337
Active resistance 320
Adding a busbar 131
Adding a feeder 132
Adding a line 134
Adding a line section 135
Adding a substation 130
Adding and parameterizing a network 128
Adding SIMEAS R 124
Additional calculations 316
Additional Curves 312, 314
Alarm Box 27
Installation 27
Amplitude 315
Amplitude values
displaying 317
Analog Channels
OSCILLOSTORE P5xx 214
Analog channels 190, 297
SIMEAS R 190
Analog triggers
SIMEAS R 199
Analogkanle 278
Analyses with SICARO PQ 258
Apparent power 321
Apply
button 46
Assigning a report sample 108
Auto scaling 332
Automatic DAKON mode 228
Automatic measured data transfer 246
Automatic mode 260
Automatic transfer 227
Axis scaling 329

B
Basic addresses 33

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Binary channels 189

OSCILLOSTORE P5xx 215
SIMEAS R 189
Binary triggers
SIMEAS R 200
Buttons 46
OK 46

C
Calculation 327
Calculation formula 336
Cancel
button 46
Central unit
configuration 213
Channel description 322
Channel list 307
Channel selection 307
Channels
parameterize 214
select number 213
Characteristics 315, 323
Checkbox 47
Clipboard 310
Clock synchronization 113
Color selection 297
Combined operation 227
Combined transfer 262
Comments
editing 282
Complex values 339
COMTRADE 278
Export 289
COMTRADE Export 257
Connection
close 218
LAN 71, 92
open 218
parameterize 71, 92
serial 71, 92, 102
Connection parameters
protection relay 102
setting 92
Continuous data record 300
Control mode 230

397

Index

Coordinate systems 330

Country settings 64
Creating and parameterizing a device 124
CREDO 42
CU parameters
loading from the database 213
store in database 213
Current / Voltage 233
Cursor lines 308
Curve
shifting 309
spreading 331
Cyclic storage mode 42

D
DAKON
change 69
delete 69
hardware options 21
in the network 228
mode 228
name 66
new 69
Data
evaluating 296
restoring 41
transfer 226
Data interface
SIMEAS R 181
Data transfer
manual 229
Database
create 43
creating 42
delete 43
empty 41
modify 43
select 43
Database configuration 115
Database information
display 285
DC channels 195
SIMEAS R 195
Description 157
Device
change 89
configuration 73, 88, 140
delete 89
new 88
Device family 73
Device list 73
Diagnosis 253
Dialog box 46
Dialog language 65
Difference quotient: 312
DIGIBOARD 33

398

Display
font types 335
setting 327
value ranges 332
zoom functions 333
Display properties 308
Display range 332
Displaying phase relations 317
Disposal mode 246
Distortion Factor 205, 325, 338
Disturbance values 251
Drop-down list 47

E
EDF 279
Editing a report sample 107
Electrical characteristics 315, 323
ENEL 279
Error messages 344
Evaluate 296
Evaluation
hardware 15
Evaluation PC
adding 112
hardware options 21
Evaluation station
name 66
Event filter 274
Events
Comments 282
display 275, 284
editing 274
exporting 277
importing 281
print 275
Exiting the program 49
Export 252
parameter sets 143
External trigger
SIMEAS R 200

F
FAMOS 279
Fault location 320
Fault messages 276
Fax
add 111
remove 111
Filter criteria 275
Firmware
Update 95
Font types
setting 335

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Index

Fonts
selection 119
Formula 327, 336
Fourier coefficients 324
Frequency 192

G
Gain factor 334
Grid network 328
Grid settings 328
Group alarm
reset 231
SIMEAS R 187
Group box 46

H
Hard disk 116
Hardware
options 21
prerequisites 20
Hardware settings 33
Harmonics
SIMEAS R 204
Help
button 46
Hints on operation 45

I
Impedance calculation 318
Import
parameter sets 142
Info 50
Installing the software 23
Interface
serial 72
Interface card
DIGIBOARD 33
ISDN operation 33

K
Keyboard 46
Kopieren
SIMEAS R 149

Language setting 65
LED indications
SIMEAS R 185
Level
setting 57
Life-Kontakt 36
Line characteristics 320
Lock mode 231
Log file 233
Long-term archive 280
LSA
connection 76
identification 76
link address 76
Selection 76
special functions 75
LSATools 75

M
Magnifying 333
Manual measured data transfer 229
Manual transfer 226
Mean period 158
Mean values 232, 251
Measured value transfer
automatic 259
Messages 252, 343
Mode 35
Modem
Hayes 72, 93
Modem operation 72, 93
Modules 16

N
Negative sequence 194
Network
X.25 72
Network Configuration
Overview 127
Network mode 33

O
Operating mode 48
Operating system settings 33
Operational message 344
Oriented zoom 334

L
Labels 310
LAN connection 71

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

399

Index

OSCILLOSTORE P5xx
configuration 212
copying parameters 219
loading / storing parameters 217
open a connection 218
parameterizing the channels 214
printing parameters 220
read out triggers 218
sensors 216
OSCOP P
launching 32
update 41
Output Device Assignment
device-specific 255
Output devices
configuration 109
definition 109
Output of indications
SIMEAS R 186
Overview mode 246, 263

P
Parameter sets
export 143
import 142
printout 146
Parameterization
SIMEAS R 148
SIMEAS R V2/V3 147
SIMEAS R-PMU 17, 147
Parameterization of SIMEAS R 125
Parameters
calculation 324
copying 219
load/store 217
printout 220
Password 55
Path settings 256
PCMCIA interface
SIMEAS R 183
Phase angles 315
Phase difference 315
Phase voltages 311
Phasor 301
Phasor analysis 301
Positive/negative sequence
SIMEAS R 194
Power 192
Power / frequency
SIMEAS R 192
Power factor 337
Power/frequency 233
Powers 321
Print 117, 292
parameter sets 146

400

print
Events 275
Print all 292
Print parameters
definition 117
Printer
add 110
remove 110
SIMEAS R 154
Program Startup 48
Program structure 15
Properties
Display 308
Protection relay
connection parameters 102
setup 101
Protection relay type
configuration 104
definition 105
delete 105
export 104
new 104
Protocol files
Editing / displaying 286

Q
QUADBASE 42

R
r.m.s 297, 315
Reactive power 321, 337
Reactive resistance 320
REB 500 70
Record
adding 304
Additional Curves 312
Channel selection 307
continuous 300
cursor lines 308
evaluating 297
Labels 310
Modifying 307
opening from a database 299
opening from a file 298
printout 305
shifting curves 309
values window 306
Recording depth 158
Recording devices
configuration 88
Reducing 333
Reference curve 315
Reference values 190

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

Index

Region
change 67
delete 67
new 67
Relative deviation: 312
Remove
evaluation PC 112
Report sample 106
Requesting the status 74
Reset 231
Restoring values 306, 316
Run times 206
SIMEAS R 197

S
Sample project 122
Sensor types 216
Sequence control 250
Serial connection 71
Server
change 69
delete 69
new 69
Service interface
SIMEAS R 184
Settings 327
Shortcuts 46
SICARO PQ
Editing results 290
Performing a new diagnosis 291
SICARO Q Manager 97, 234
Signal frequency 213
SIMEAS 17
SIMEAS Q
setup 97
Transferring data manually 234
SIMEAS Q power quality recorder
setup 97

SIMEAS R
additions 94
analog channels 190
analog triggers 199, 208
binary channels 189
binary triggers 200
configuration 148
connected printer 154
DC channels 195
DC trigger 203
description 157
external trigger 200, 210
firmware 149
Firmware-Update 95
group alarms 187
harmonics 204
identification 95
interfaces 181
kopieren 149
LED indications 185
output of Indications 186
positive/negative sequence 194
power / frequency 192
run times 197
setup 90
slot assignment 152
slots 188
status boxes 149
Time settings 206
time synchronization 155
trigger 202
SIMEAS R Calling Master Station 156
SIMEAS R quality recorder
setup 90
SIMEAS R V2/V3 147
SIMEAS R-PMU 17, 147, 301
SINAUT LSA
special functions 75
Slots
SIMEAS R 188
Software
installation 23
prerequisites 22
Square zoom 334
Starting sensors 216
Status 231
Status boxes 47
Substation Configuration
Overview 127
Substation parameterization 51
Synchronization box 113
System configuration 18
System Overview 13

T
Table layout 326

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011

401

Index

Tabs 46
test mode 231
Text
inserting 310
Text boxes 47
Time ranges 331
Time settings
SIMEAS R 206
Transfer 226
combined 262
DAKON to evaluation PC 241, 264
Editing events 274
OSCILLOSTORE P531 to evaluation PC 238
Recording device to evaluation PC 259
recording devices to DAKON 261
server PC to client PC 264
Transfer time 249
Transmission mode
ASCII 70
binary 70
Trigger
analog 199, 208
binary 200
DC 203
external from network 201, 210
pattern 202
reset 218

V
Value ranges 332
Values window 306
Vector diagram 317
Version update 41
Voltage Asymmetry 322
Voltage level 73
Voltage unsymmetry 338

W
Winfax 111

X
X.25 network 94

Y
y gain 334

Z
U

Zoom functions 333

Update of OSCOP_P 41
USB Alarm Box 36

402

OSCOP P, Manual
E50417-H1076-C170-A5, Edition 05.2011